WO2021130599A1 - 正極活物質、二次電池、電子機器 - Google Patents
正極活物質、二次電池、電子機器 Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2021130599A1 WO2021130599A1 PCT/IB2020/061919 IB2020061919W WO2021130599A1 WO 2021130599 A1 WO2021130599 A1 WO 2021130599A1 IB 2020061919 W IB2020061919 W IB 2020061919W WO 2021130599 A1 WO2021130599 A1 WO 2021130599A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- positive electrode
- active material
- electrode active
- lithium
- secondary battery
- Prior art date
Links
- 239000007774 positive electrode material Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 416
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 278
- PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nickel Chemical compound [Ni] PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims abstract description 213
- 239000002344 surface layer Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 163
- 229910052744 lithium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims abstract description 160
- WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium Chemical compound [Li] WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims abstract description 145
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 137
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims abstract description 127
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims abstract description 127
- GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N cobalt atom Chemical compound [Co] GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims abstract description 110
- 229910017052 cobalt Inorganic materials 0.000 claims abstract description 107
- 239000010941 cobalt Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 107
- 229910052759 nickel Inorganic materials 0.000 claims abstract description 100
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims abstract description 70
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims abstract description 70
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 70
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 43
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 claims description 149
- 229910052723 transition metal Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 102
- 150000003624 transition metals Chemical class 0.000 claims description 102
- 235000002639 sodium chloride Nutrition 0.000 claims description 96
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 claims description 93
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 93
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 claims description 93
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 90
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 49
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 claims description 45
- 238000002149 energy-dispersive X-ray emission spectroscopy Methods 0.000 claims description 32
- HBBGRARXTFLTSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium ion Chemical compound [Li+] HBBGRARXTFLTSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 24
- 229910001416 lithium ion Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 24
- 238000003917 TEM image Methods 0.000 claims description 18
- 229910001429 cobalt ion Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 5
- XLJKHNWPARRRJB-UHFFFAOYSA-N cobalt(2+) Chemical compound [Co+2] XLJKHNWPARRRJB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 229910001453 nickel ion Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000006182 cathode active material Substances 0.000 claims 1
- 238000007600 charging Methods 0.000 description 165
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 118
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 102
- 230000000996 additive effect Effects 0.000 description 93
- -1 graphene compound Chemical class 0.000 description 86
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 83
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 82
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 81
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 79
- PQXKHYXIUOZZFA-UHFFFAOYSA-M lithium fluoride Chemical compound [Li+].[F-] PQXKHYXIUOZZFA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 79
- YCKRFDGAMUMZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine atom Chemical compound [F] YCKRFDGAMUMZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 78
- 229910021389 graphene Inorganic materials 0.000 description 76
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 68
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 67
- 238000002441 X-ray diffraction Methods 0.000 description 53
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 52
- 239000008151 electrolyte solution Substances 0.000 description 50
- 238000007599 discharging Methods 0.000 description 48
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 description 47
- 239000011149 active material Substances 0.000 description 46
- 239000010408 film Substances 0.000 description 42
- 238000000137 annealing Methods 0.000 description 39
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 36
- 239000002131 composite material Substances 0.000 description 36
- 229910000625 lithium cobalt oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 34
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 33
- BFZPBUKRYWOWDV-UHFFFAOYSA-N lithium;oxido(oxo)cobalt Chemical compound [Li+].[O-][Co]=O BFZPBUKRYWOWDV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 33
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 33
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 32
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 32
- 239000004020 conductor Substances 0.000 description 29
- 102100027368 Histone H1.3 Human genes 0.000 description 28
- 101001009450 Homo sapiens Histone H1.3 Proteins 0.000 description 28
- 239000007784 solid electrolyte Substances 0.000 description 27
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 25
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 25
- 239000010936 titanium Substances 0.000 description 25
- 229910012851 LiCoO 2 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 24
- 239000007773 negative electrode material Substances 0.000 description 24
- 150000001450 anions Chemical class 0.000 description 23
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 23
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 22
- RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titanium Chemical compound [Ti] RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 21
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 21
- 229910052719 titanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 20
- 229910015118 LiMO Inorganic materials 0.000 description 19
- PWHULOQIROXLJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Manganese Chemical compound [Mn] PWHULOQIROXLJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 19
- 238000004833 X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 19
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 19
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 19
- 229910052748 manganese Inorganic materials 0.000 description 19
- 239000011572 manganese Substances 0.000 description 19
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicon Chemical compound [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 18
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 18
- 229910002804 graphite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 18
- 239000010439 graphite Substances 0.000 description 18
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 18
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 description 18
- 238000002003 electron diffraction Methods 0.000 description 17
- 239000012535 impurity Substances 0.000 description 17
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 17
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 17
- 229910018871 CoO 2 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 16
- OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorus Chemical compound [P] OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- ORUIBWPALBXDOA-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium fluoride Chemical compound [F-].[F-].[Mg+2] ORUIBWPALBXDOA-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 16
- WPBNNNQJVZRUHP-UHFFFAOYSA-L manganese(2+);methyl n-[[2-(methoxycarbonylcarbamothioylamino)phenyl]carbamothioyl]carbamate;n-[2-(sulfidocarbothioylamino)ethyl]carbamodithioate Chemical compound [Mn+2].[S-]C(=S)NCCNC([S-])=S.COC(=O)NC(=S)NC1=CC=CC=C1NC(=S)NC(=O)OC WPBNNNQJVZRUHP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 16
- 239000011574 phosphorus Substances 0.000 description 16
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 15
- 229910001635 magnesium fluoride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 15
- OIFBSDVPJOWBCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl carbonate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)OCC OIFBSDVPJOWBCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- KMTRUDSVKNLOMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene carbonate Chemical compound O=C1OCCO1 KMTRUDSVKNLOMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorane Chemical compound F KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron Chemical compound [Fe] XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 13
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 13
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 13
- 238000001095 inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 13
- 238000001878 scanning electron micrograph Methods 0.000 description 13
- 238000005211 surface analysis Methods 0.000 description 13
- 239000002033 PVDF binder Substances 0.000 description 12
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 12
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 12
- 229920002981 polyvinylidene fluoride Polymers 0.000 description 12
- LIVNPJMFVYWSIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicon monoxide Chemical compound [Si-]#[O+] LIVNPJMFVYWSIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 239000004743 Polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 11
- 239000011651 chromium Substances 0.000 description 11
- 229920001155 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 11
- 238000000851 scanning transmission electron micrograph Methods 0.000 description 11
- 239000002002 slurry Substances 0.000 description 11
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- SECXISVLQFMRJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Methylpyrrolidone Chemical compound CN1CCCC1=O SECXISVLQFMRJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 description 10
- 238000000354 decomposition reaction Methods 0.000 description 10
- 238000013507 mapping Methods 0.000 description 10
- 229910045601 alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 9
- 239000000956 alloy Substances 0.000 description 9
- 238000004140 cleaning Methods 0.000 description 9
- 230000000052 comparative effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 230000007797 corrosion Effects 0.000 description 9
- 238000005260 corrosion Methods 0.000 description 9
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 9
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 9
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 9
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 9
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 9
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 9
- 229910001220 stainless steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 9
- 239000010935 stainless steel Substances 0.000 description 9
- VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chromium Chemical compound [Cr] VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 229910052804 chromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 239000003792 electrolyte Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000004453 electron probe microanalysis Methods 0.000 description 8
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 8
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 8
- VAYTZRYEBVHVLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-dioxol-2-one Chemical compound O=C1OC=CO1 VAYTZRYEBVHVLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 230000005536 Jahn Teller effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 229920003171 Poly (ethylene oxide) Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000001036 glow-discharge mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000002994 raw material Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000004065 semiconductor Substances 0.000 description 7
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 238000004804 winding Methods 0.000 description 7
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 229910013870 LiPF 6 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- CPLXHLVBOLITMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium oxide Chemical compound [Mg]=O CPLXHLVBOLITMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- MCMNRKCIXSYSNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zirconium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Zr]=O MCMNRKCIXSYSNV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000004760 aramid Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000012300 argon atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229920003235 aromatic polyamide Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 6
- 229920002678 cellulose Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 239000001913 cellulose Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 235000010980 cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000010828 elution Methods 0.000 description 6
- 229910052742 iron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- TWNQGVIAIRXVLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxo(oxoalumanyloxy)alumane Chemical compound O=[Al]O[Al]=O TWNQGVIAIRXVLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 229920002647 polyamide Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000010298 pulverizing process Methods 0.000 description 6
- 229910052596 spinel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 239000011029 spinel Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000003746 surface roughness Effects 0.000 description 6
- 229910052720 vanadium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- GPPXJZIENCGNKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N vanadium Chemical compound [V]#[V] GPPXJZIENCGNKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 229920003169 water-soluble polymer Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 239000011701 zinc Substances 0.000 description 6
- ZOXJGFHDIHLPTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Boron Chemical compound [B] ZOXJGFHDIHLPTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon dioxide Chemical compound O=C=O CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229920002134 Carboxymethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 5
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- MYMOFIZGZYHOMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dioxygen Chemical compound O=O MYMOFIZGZYHOMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Fluoride anion Chemical compound [F-] KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 5
- UCKMPCXJQFINFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulphide Chemical compound [S-2] UCKMPCXJQFINFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc Chemical compound [Zn] HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- KLARSDUHONHPRF-UHFFFAOYSA-N [Li].[Mn] Chemical compound [Li].[Mn] KLARSDUHONHPRF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 230000001133 acceleration Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229910052785 arsenic Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 229910021383 artificial graphite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 229910052796 boron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000002134 carbon nanofiber Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910000428 cobalt oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 230000006866 deterioration Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229910001882 dioxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 230000005684 electric field Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000000605 extraction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 229910000040 hydrogen fluoride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 5
- 238000010191 image analysis Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000007769 metal material Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910052758 niobium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000010955 niobium Substances 0.000 description 5
- GUCVJGMIXFAOAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N niobium atom Chemical compound [Nb] GUCVJGMIXFAOAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000003825 pressing Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000010409 thin film Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910052725 zinc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000004435 EPR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 4
- UQSXHKLRYXJYBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron oxide Chemical compound [Fe]=O UQSXHKLRYXJYBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229910013290 LiNiO 2 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000004952 Polyamide Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000004698 Polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000003991 Rietveld refinement Methods 0.000 description 4
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- QCWXUUIWCKQGHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zirconium Chemical compound [Zr] QCWXUUIWCKQGHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 4
- 150000004703 alkoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- RQNWIZPPADIBDY-UHFFFAOYSA-N arsenic atom Chemical compound [As] RQNWIZPPADIBDY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000004364 calculation method Methods 0.000 description 4
- IEJIGPNLZYLLBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethyl carbonate Chemical compound COC(=O)OC IEJIGPNLZYLLBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229920001971 elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 230000005611 electricity Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000000921 elemental analysis Methods 0.000 description 4
- 150000002222 fluorine compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 description 4
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- AMXOYNBUYSYVKV-UHFFFAOYSA-M lithium bromide Chemical compound [Li+].[Br-] AMXOYNBUYSYVKV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 239000000395 magnesium oxide Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000002931 mesocarbon microbead Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910052750 molybdenum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 229910000480 nickel oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N platinum Chemical compound [Pt] BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229920000573 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 230000001681 protective effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000006722 reduction reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000005060 rubber Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 4
- YTZKOQUCBOVLHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butylbenzene Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=CC=CC=C1 YTZKOQUCBOVLHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- VXUYXOFXAQZZMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N titanium(IV) isopropoxide Chemical compound CC(C)O[Ti](OC(C)C)(OC(C)C)OC(C)C VXUYXOFXAQZZMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229910052726 zirconium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- HEZMWWAKWCSUCB-PHDIDXHHSA-N (3R,4R)-3,4-dihydroxycyclohexa-1,5-diene-1-carboxylic acid Chemical compound O[C@@H]1C=CC(C(O)=O)=C[C@H]1O HEZMWWAKWCSUCB-PHDIDXHHSA-N 0.000 description 3
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- GYHNNYVSQQEPJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Gallium Chemical compound [Ga] GYHNNYVSQQEPJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910015643 LiMn 2 O 4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- WMFOQBRAJBCJND-UHFFFAOYSA-M Lithium hydroxide Chemical compound [Li+].[OH-] WMFOQBRAJBCJND-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ZOKXTWBITQBERF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Molybdenum Chemical compound [Mo] ZOKXTWBITQBERF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004677 Nylon Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000004372 Polyvinyl alcohol Substances 0.000 description 3
- GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titan oxide Chemical compound O=[Ti]=O GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000012752 auxiliary agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 3
- JFDZBHWFFUWGJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzonitrile Chemical compound N#CC1=CC=CC=C1 JFDZBHWFFUWGJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- BTANRVKWQNVYAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N butan-2-ol Chemical compound CCC(C)O BTANRVKWQNVYAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000010948 carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000008112 carboxymethyl-cellulose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000919 ceramic Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910010293 ceramic material Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 3
- IVMYJDGYRUAWML-UHFFFAOYSA-N cobalt(ii) oxide Chemical compound [Co]=O IVMYJDGYRUAWML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 238000012937 correction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000428 dust Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000005672 electromagnetic field Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000003571 electronic cigarette Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052733 gallium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 229910052732 germanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000004676 glycans Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 150000004820 halides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000011810 insulating material Substances 0.000 description 3
- URIIGZKXFBNRAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N lithium;oxonickel Chemical compound [Li].[Ni]=O URIIGZKXFBNRAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 3
- VNWKTOKETHGBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N methane Chemical compound C VNWKTOKETHGBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000011733 molybdenum Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910021382 natural graphite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 238000001683 neutron diffraction Methods 0.000 description 3
- BFDHFSHZJLFAMC-UHFFFAOYSA-L nickel(ii) hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[Ni+2] BFDHFSHZJLFAMC-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 3
- 150000004767 nitrides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 229920001778 nylon Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 238000012856 packing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000123 paper Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229920003229 poly(methyl methacrylate) Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920002239 polyacrylonitrile Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000004926 polymethyl methacrylate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920001282 polysaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000005017 polysaccharide Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920002451 polyvinyl alcohol Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 238000000634 powder X-ray diffraction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000002787 reinforcement Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 238000001179 sorption measurement Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000001629 suppression Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229910052721 tungsten Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- LNAZSHAWQACDHT-XIYTZBAFSA-N (2r,3r,4s,5r,6s)-4,5-dimethoxy-2-(methoxymethyl)-3-[(2s,3r,4s,5r,6r)-3,4,5-trimethoxy-6-(methoxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxy-6-[(2r,3r,4s,5r,6r)-4,5,6-trimethoxy-2-(methoxymethyl)oxan-3-yl]oxyoxane Chemical compound CO[C@@H]1[C@@H](OC)[C@H](OC)[C@@H](COC)O[C@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](OC)[C@@H](OC)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](OC)[C@H](OC)O[C@@H]2COC)OC)O[C@@H]1COC LNAZSHAWQACDHT-XIYTZBAFSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FSSPGSAQUIYDCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-Propane sultone Chemical compound O=S1(=O)CCCO1 FSSPGSAQUIYDCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-Dioxane Chemical compound C1COCCO1 RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SBLRHMKNNHXPHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-fluoro-1,3-dioxolan-2-one Chemical compound FC1COC(=O)O1 SBLRHMKNNHXPHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 0 C/*(/CCC1)=C2/C=CC1=CC2 Chemical compound C/*(/CCC1)=C2/C=CC1=CC2 0.000 description 2
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XTHFKEDIFFGKHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethoxyethane Chemical compound COCCOC XTHFKEDIFFGKHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000001856 Ethyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl cellulose Chemical compound CCOCC1OC(OC)C(OCC)C(OCC)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC)C(CO)O1 ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920002153 Hydroxypropyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229910010238 LiAlCl 4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910001091 LixCoO2 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Butanol Chemical compound CCCCO LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002228 NASICON Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000005481 NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910004283 SiO 4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 2
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N acrylic acid group Chemical group C(C=C)(=O)O NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000005275 alloying Methods 0.000 description 2
- WNROFYMDJYEPJX-UHFFFAOYSA-K aluminium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[OH-].[Al+3] WNROFYMDJYEPJX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- SMZOGRDCAXLAAR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium isopropoxide Chemical compound [Al+3].CC(C)[O-].CC(C)[O-].CC(C)[O-] SMZOGRDCAXLAAR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium oxide Inorganic materials [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Al+3].[Al+3] PNEYBMLMFCGWSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NDPGDHBNXZOBJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminum lithium cobalt(2+) nickel(2+) oxygen(2-) Chemical compound [Li+].[O--].[O--].[O--].[O--].[Al+3].[Co++].[Ni++] NDPGDHBNXZOBJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052787 antimony Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000005452 bending Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003990 capacitor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003575 carbonaceous material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000002091 cationic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000003181 co-melting Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005336 cracking Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000003795 desorption Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920005994 diacetyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229920001249 ethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 235000019325 ethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- JBTWLSYIZRCDFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl methyl carbonate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)OC JBTWLSYIZRCDFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FKRCODPIKNYEAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl propionate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)CC FKRCODPIKNYEAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000010304 firing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004907 flux Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 2
- GAEKPEKOJKCEMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N gamma-valerolactone Chemical compound CC1CCC(=O)O1 GAEKPEKOJKCEMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000011245 gel electrolyte Substances 0.000 description 2
- GNPVGFCGXDBREM-UHFFFAOYSA-N germanium atom Chemical compound [Ge] GNPVGFCGXDBREM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910021469 graphitizable carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000020169 heat generation Effects 0.000 description 2
- HCDGVLDPFQMKDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexafluoropropylene Chemical group FC(F)=C(F)C(F)(F)F HCDGVLDPFQMKDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000004679 hydroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- AMWRITDGCCNYAT-UHFFFAOYSA-L hydroxy(oxo)manganese;manganese Chemical compound [Mn].O[Mn]=O.O[Mn]=O AMWRITDGCCNYAT-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 239000001863 hydroxypropyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010977 hydroxypropyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229910052738 indium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- APFVFJFRJDLVQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N indium atom Chemical compound [In] APFVFJFRJDLVQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KLRHPHDUDFIRKB-UHFFFAOYSA-M indium(i) bromide Chemical compound [Br-].[In+] KLRHPHDUDFIRKB-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 239000002608 ionic liquid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000554 ionomer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004973 liquid crystal related substance Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000002641 lithium Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- XGZVUEUWXADBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-L lithium carbonate Chemical compound [Li+].[Li+].[O-]C([O-])=O XGZVUEUWXADBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 229910052808 lithium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- KWGKDLIKAYFUFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M lithium chloride Chemical compound [Li+].[Cl-] KWGKDLIKAYFUFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- AXZKOIWUVFPNLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N magnesium;oxygen(2-) Chemical compound [O-2].[Mg+2] AXZKOIWUVFPNLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000000696 magnetic material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000609 methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- TZIHFWKZFHZASV-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl formate Chemical compound COC=O TZIHFWKZFHZASV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000001923 methylcellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010981 methylcellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000001000 micrograph Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- BTNXBLUGMAMSSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octanedinitrile Chemical compound N#CCCCCCCC#N BTNXBLUGMAMSSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000010450 olivine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052609 olivine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000002892 organic cations Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 2
- GNRSAWUEBMWBQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxonickel Chemical compound [Ni]=O GNRSAWUEBMWBQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 description 2
- 238000002161 passivation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052697 platinum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000002798 polar solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920006122 polyamide resin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000515 polycarbonate Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004417 polycarbonate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920001225 polyester resin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004645 polyester resin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920001451 polypropylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920001343 polytetrafluoroethylene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004810 polytetrafluoroethylene Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001144 powder X-ray diffraction data Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010248 power generation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 2
- OGHBATFHNDZKSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N propan-2-olate Chemical compound CC(C)[O-] OGHBATFHNDZKSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RUOJZAUFBMNUDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylene carbonate Chemical compound CC1COC(=O)O1 RUOJZAUFBMNUDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000004627 regenerated cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007789 sealing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005204 segregation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007873 sieving Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052814 silicon oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910052709 silver Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000002356 single layer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000003980 solgel method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010532 solid phase synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000087 stabilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229920003048 styrene butadiene rubber Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920003002 synthetic resin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000000057 synthetic resin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052718 tin Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- OGIDPMRJRNCKJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N titanium oxide Inorganic materials [Ti]=O OGIDPMRJRNCKJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WFKWXMTUELFFGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tungsten Chemical compound [W] WFKWXMTUELFFGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000010937 tungsten Substances 0.000 description 2
- ZZXUZKXVROWEIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-butylene carbonate Chemical compound CCC1COC(=O)O1 ZZXUZKXVROWEIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VDFVNEFVBPFDSB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-dioxane Chemical compound C1COCOC1 VDFVNEFVBPFDSB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WKBPZYKAUNRMKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-[2-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)pentyl]1,2,4-triazole Chemical compound C=1C=C(Cl)C=C(Cl)C=1C(CCC)CN1C=NC=N1 WKBPZYKAUNRMKP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RNFJDJUURJAICM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2,4,4,6,6-hexaphenoxy-1,3,5-triaza-2$l^{5},4$l^{5},6$l^{5}-triphosphacyclohexa-1,3,5-triene Chemical compound N=1P(OC=2C=CC=CC=2)(OC=2C=CC=CC=2)=NP(OC=2C=CC=CC=2)(OC=2C=CC=CC=2)=NP=1(OC=1C=CC=CC=1)OC1=CC=CC=C1 RNFJDJUURJAICM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UHOPWFKONJYLCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-sulfanylethyl)isoindole-1,3-dione Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)N(CCS)C(=O)C2=C1 UHOPWFKONJYLCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VSKJLJHPAFKHBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylbuta-1,3-diene;styrene Chemical compound CC(=C)C=C.C=CC1=CC=CC=C1.C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 VSKJLJHPAFKHBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OYOKPDLAMOMTEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-chloro-1,3-dioxolan-2-one Chemical compound ClC1COC(=O)O1 OYOKPDLAMOMTEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NLHHRLWOUZZQLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acrylonitrile Chemical compound C=CC#N NLHHRLWOUZZQLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100031786 Adiponectin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229910000838 Al alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- KLZUFWVZNOTSEM-UHFFFAOYSA-K Aluminium flouride Chemical compound F[Al](F)F KLZUFWVZNOTSEM-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 229910016036 BaF 2 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910004261 CaF 2 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910018989 CoSb Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910019043 CoSn Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910021503 Cobalt(II) hydroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910021583 Cobalt(III) fluoride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910017482 Cu 6 Sn 5 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910005382 FeSn Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 101000775469 Homo sapiens Adiponectin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- JGFBQFKZKSSODQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isothiocyanatocyclopropane Chemical compound S=C=NC1CC1 JGFBQFKZKSSODQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910017768 LaF 3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910018122 Li 3-x M Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910009511 Li1.5Al0.5Ge1.5(PO4)3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910011939 Li2.6 Co0.4 N Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910007860 Li3.25Ge0.25P0.75S4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910013936 Li3.25P0.95S4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910012850 Li3PO4Li4SiO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910015015 LiAsF 6 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910013063 LiBF 4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910013372 LiC 4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910013684 LiClO 4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910032387 LiCoO2 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910010586 LiFeO 2 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910010707 LiFePO 4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910013709 LiNi 1-x M Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910021569 Manganese fluoride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- ZSBXGIUJOOQZMP-JLNYLFASSA-N Matrine Chemical compound C1CC[C@H]2CN3C(=O)CCC[C@@H]3[C@@H]3[C@H]2N1CCC3 ZSBXGIUJOOQZMP-JLNYLFASSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RJUFJBKOKNCXHH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl propionate Chemical compound CCC(=O)OC RJUFJBKOKNCXHH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910019018 Mg 2 Si Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910019021 Mg 2 Sn Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910016964 MnSb Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052779 Neodymium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229920000459 Nitrile rubber Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000000020 Nitrocellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 240000007594 Oryza sativa Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000007164 Oryza sativa Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000005062 Polybutadiene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004642 Polyimide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002367 Polyisobutene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 1
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M Propionate Chemical compound CCC([O-])=O XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 238000001237 Raman spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- KJTLSVCANCCWHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ruthenium Chemical compound [Ru] KJTLSVCANCCWHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910018320 SbSn Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910004298 SiO 2 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silver Chemical compound [Ag] BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910006404 SnO 2 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- ATJFFYVFTNAWJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tin Chemical compound [Sn] ATJFFYVFTNAWJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002978 Vinylon Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000004998 X ray absorption near edge structure spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- SJXXUDVZFXTSCB-UHFFFAOYSA-N [Co]=O.[Li].[Co] Chemical compound [Co]=O.[Li].[Co] SJXXUDVZFXTSCB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XBHHNIARIFPZHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N [Li].[Co]=O.[Mn].[Ni].[Li] Chemical compound [Li].[Co]=O.[Mn].[Ni].[Li] XBHHNIARIFPZHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FDLZQPXZHIFURF-UHFFFAOYSA-N [O-2].[Ti+4].[Li+] Chemical compound [O-2].[Ti+4].[Li+] FDLZQPXZHIFURF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002159 abnormal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- KXKVLQRXCPHEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid trimethyl ester Natural products COC(C)=O KXKVLQRXCPHEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000006230 acetylene black Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001070 adhesive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- BTGRAWJCKBQKAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N adiponitrile Chemical compound N#CCCCCC#N BTGRAWJCKBQKAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003158 alcohol group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000003513 alkali Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- AZDRQVAHHNSJOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N alumane Chemical group [AlH3] AZDRQVAHHNSJOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003863 ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- WATWJIUSRGPENY-UHFFFAOYSA-N antimony atom Chemical compound [Sb] WATWJIUSRGPENY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000010 aprotic solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- HYGWNUKOUCZBND-UHFFFAOYSA-N azanide Chemical compound [NH2-] HYGWNUKOUCZBND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OYLGJCQECKOTOL-UHFFFAOYSA-L barium fluoride Chemical compound [F-].[F-].[Ba+2] OYLGJCQECKOTOL-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229910001632 barium fluoride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- JRPBQTZRNDNNOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N barium titanate Chemical compound [Ba+2].[Ba+2].[O-][Ti]([O-])([O-])[O-] JRPBQTZRNDNNOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910002113 barium titanate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000003796 beauty Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006399 behavior Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052797 bismuth Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- JCXGWMGPZLAOME-UHFFFAOYSA-N bismuth atom Chemical compound [Bi] JCXGWMGPZLAOME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000036772 blood pressure Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036760 body temperature Effects 0.000 description 1
- PWLNAUNEAKQYLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N butyric acid octyl ester Natural products CCCCCCCCOC(=O)CCC PWLNAUNEAKQYLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052793 cadmium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- BDOSMKKIYDKNTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N cadmium atom Chemical compound [Cd] BDOSMKKIYDKNTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WUKWITHWXAAZEY-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium difluoride Chemical compound [F-].[F-].[Ca+2] WUKWITHWXAAZEY-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229910001634 calcium fluoride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 1
- 239000006229 carbon black Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001569 carbon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910002092 carbon dioxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910021393 carbon nanotube Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002041 carbon nanotube Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000022131 cell cycle Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000013339 cereals Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003638 chemical reducing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910021563 chromium fluoride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019504 cigarettes Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- CKFRRHLHAJZIIN-UHFFFAOYSA-N cobalt lithium Chemical compound [Li].[Co] CKFRRHLHAJZIIN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YCYBZKSMUPTWEE-UHFFFAOYSA-L cobalt(ii) fluoride Chemical compound F[Co]F YCYBZKSMUPTWEE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- ASKVAEGIVYSGNY-UHFFFAOYSA-L cobalt(ii) hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[Co+2] ASKVAEGIVYSGNY-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000000571 coke Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013329 compounding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009833 condensation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005494 condensation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006482 condensation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010277 constant-current charging Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011889 copper foil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007812 deficiency Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002950 deficient Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000018044 dehydration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006297 dehydration reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000151 deposition Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000113 differential scanning calorimetry Methods 0.000 description 1
- CTNMMTCXUUFYAP-UHFFFAOYSA-L difluoromanganese Chemical compound F[Mn]F CTNMMTCXUUFYAP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- SBZXBUIDTXKZTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N diglyme Chemical compound COCCOCCOC SBZXBUIDTXKZTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QHGJSLXSVXVKHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N dilithium;dioxido(dioxo)manganese Chemical compound [Li+].[Li+].[O-][Mn]([O-])(=O)=O QHGJSLXSVXVKHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QXYJCZRRLLQGCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N dioxomolybdenum Chemical compound O=[Mo]=O QXYJCZRRLLQGCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002612 dispersion medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011267 electrode slurry Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005401 electroluminescence Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005674 electromagnetic induction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010894 electron beam technology Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001962 electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007613 environmental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000003700 epoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008020 evaporation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000835 fiber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003063 flame retardant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001973 fluoroelastomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002313 fluoropolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004811 fluoropolymer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011888 foil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002223 garnet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004868 gas analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001879 gelation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003365 glass fiber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002241 glass-ceramic Substances 0.000 description 1
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052737 gold Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010931 gold Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052735 hafnium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- VBJZVLUMGGDVMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N hafnium atom Chemical compound [Hf] VBJZVLUMGGDVMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910021385 hard carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical class [H]* 0.000 description 1
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 1
- WPYVAWXEWQSOGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N indium antimonide Chemical compound [Sb]#[In] WPYVAWXEWQSOGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000009616 inductively coupled plasma Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910010272 inorganic material Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011147 inorganic material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012905 input function Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012212 insulator Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009830 intercalation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002687 intercalation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011229 interlayer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010884 ion-beam technique Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052741 iridium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- GKOZUEZYRPOHIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N iridium atom Chemical compound [Ir] GKOZUEZYRPOHIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SHXXPRJOPFJRHA-UHFFFAOYSA-K iron(iii) fluoride Chemical compound F[Fe](F)F SHXXPRJOPFJRHA-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 238000005304 joining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000005001 laminate film Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010030 laminating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007561 laser diffraction method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910000664 lithium aluminum titanium phosphates (LATP) Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- DEUISMFZZMAAOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N lithium dihydrogen borate oxalic acid Chemical compound B([O-])(O)O.C(C(=O)O)(=O)O.C(C(=O)O)(=O)O.[Li+] DEUISMFZZMAAOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HSZCZNFXUDYRKD-UHFFFAOYSA-M lithium iodide Inorganic materials [Li+].[I-] HSZCZNFXUDYRKD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- FUJCRWPEOMXPAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N lithium oxide Chemical compound [Li+].[Li+].[O-2] FUJCRWPEOMXPAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910001947 lithium oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910003002 lithium salt Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 159000000002 lithium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- ACFSQHQYDZIPRL-UHFFFAOYSA-N lithium;bis(1,1,2,2,2-pentafluoroethylsulfonyl)azanide Chemical compound [Li+].FC(F)(F)C(F)(F)S(=O)(=O)[N-]S(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)F ACFSQHQYDZIPRL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VGYDTVNNDKLMHX-UHFFFAOYSA-N lithium;manganese;nickel;oxocobalt Chemical group [Li].[Mn].[Ni].[Co]=O VGYDTVNNDKLMHX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZLNQQNXFFQJAID-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium carbonate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-]C([O-])=O ZLNQQNXFFQJAID-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000001095 magnesium carbonate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000021 magnesium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000002681 magnesium compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- VTHJTEIRLNZDEV-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium dihydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[Mg+2] VTHJTEIRLNZDEV-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000000347 magnesium hydroxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001862 magnesium hydroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000005389 magnetism Effects 0.000 description 1
- IPJKJLXEVHOKSE-UHFFFAOYSA-L manganese dihydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[Mn+2] IPJKJLXEVHOKSE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- LGRLWUINFJPLSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanide Chemical compound [CH3-] LGRLWUINFJPLSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 229940017219 methyl propionate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004570 mortar (masonry) Substances 0.000 description 1
- UUIQMZJEGPQKFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-butyric acid methyl ester Natural products CCCC(=O)OC UUIQMZJEGPQKFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QEFYFXOXNSNQGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N neodymium atom Chemical compound [Nd] QEFYFXOXNSNQGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZKATWMILCYLAPD-UHFFFAOYSA-N niobium pentoxide Inorganic materials O=[Nb](=O)O[Nb](=O)=O ZKATWMILCYLAPD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- URLJKFSTXLNXLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N niobium(5+);oxygen(2-) Chemical compound [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Nb+5].[Nb+5] URLJKFSTXLNXLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001220 nitrocellulos Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011255 nonaqueous electrolyte Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004745 nonwoven fabric Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010606 normalization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011368 organic material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001151 other effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000033116 oxidation-reduction process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000075 oxide glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- UJMWVICAENGCRF-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxygen difluoride Chemical compound FOF UJMWVICAENGCRF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AOLPZAHRYHXPLR-UHFFFAOYSA-I pentafluoroniobium Chemical compound F[Nb](F)(F)(F)F AOLPZAHRYHXPLR-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 1
- NFVUDQKTAWONMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I pentafluorovanadium Chemical compound [F-].[F-].[F-].[F-].[F-].[V+5] NFVUDQKTAWONMJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 1
- 230000000737 periodic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010587 phase diagram Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000704 physical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000717 platinum sputter deposition Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920000233 poly(alkylene oxides) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001495 poly(sodium acrylate) polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920005569 poly(vinylidene fluoride-co-hexafluoropropylene) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000058 polyacrylate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002857 polybutadiene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000728 polyester Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000139 polyethylene terephthalate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005020 polyethylene terephthalate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001721 polyimide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000002861 polymer material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000098 polyolefin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001296 polysiloxane Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002635 polyurethane Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004814 polyurethane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002689 polyvinyl acetate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011118 polyvinyl acetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004800 polyvinyl chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000915 polyvinyl chloride Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011148 porous material Substances 0.000 description 1
- NROKBHXJSPEDAR-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium fluoride Chemical compound [F-].[K+] NROKBHXJSPEDAR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- BDERNNFJNOPAEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N propan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCO BDERNNFJNOPAEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003223 protective agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004080 punching Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010926 purge Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011002 quantification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006479 redox reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000011514 reflex Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009774 resonance method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000009566 rice Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910052707 ruthenium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052706 scandium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- SIXSYDAISGFNSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N scandium atom Chemical compound [Sc] SIXSYDAISGFNSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000000790 scattering method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910021332 silicide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- FVBUAEGBCNSCDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicide(4-) Chemical compound [Si-4] FVBUAEGBCNSCDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004332 silver Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000391 smoking effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 1
- PUZPDOWCWNUUKD-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium fluoride Chemical compound [F-].[Na+] PUZPDOWCWNUUKD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- NNMHYFLPFNGQFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium polyacrylate Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]C(=O)C=C NNMHYFLPFNGQFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 159000000000 sodium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910021384 soft carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000008279 sol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007790 solid phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000006850 spacer group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001694 spray drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006641 stabilisation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011105 stabilization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- IAHFWCOBPZCAEA-UHFFFAOYSA-N succinonitrile Chemical compound N#CCCC#N IAHFWCOBPZCAEA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004763 sulfides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000002203 sulfidic glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- HXJUTPCZVOIRIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfolane Chemical compound O=S1(=O)CCCC1 HXJUTPCZVOIRIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SFZCNBIFKDRMGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfur hexafluoride Chemical compound FS(F)(F)(F)(F)F SFZCNBIFKDRMGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000909 sulfur hexafluoride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000008961 swelling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002195 synergetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920002994 synthetic fiber Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000012209 synthetic fiber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052715 tantalum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- GUVRBAGPIYLISA-UHFFFAOYSA-N tantalum atom Chemical compound [Ta] GUVRBAGPIYLISA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TXEYQDLBPFQVAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrafluoromethane Chemical compound FC(F)(F)F TXEYQDLBPFQVAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QHGNHLZPVBIIPX-UHFFFAOYSA-N tin(II) oxide Inorganic materials [Sn]=O QHGNHLZPVBIIPX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XROWMBWRMNHXMF-UHFFFAOYSA-J titanium tetrafluoride Chemical compound [F-].[F-].[F-].[F-].[Ti+4] XROWMBWRMNHXMF-UHFFFAOYSA-J 0.000 description 1
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003623 transition metal compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910000314 transition metal oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- WOZZOSDBXABUFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N tri(butan-2-yloxy)alumane Chemical compound [Al+3].CCC(C)[O-].CCC(C)[O-].CCC(C)[O-] WOZZOSDBXABUFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FTBATIJJKIIOTP-UHFFFAOYSA-K trifluorochromium Chemical compound F[Cr](F)F FTBATIJJKIIOTP-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 238000009423 ventilation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004034 viscosity adjusting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013585 weight reducing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003466 welding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000707 wrist Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- BHHYHSUAOQUXJK-UHFFFAOYSA-L zinc fluoride Chemical compound F[Zn]F BHHYHSUAOQUXJK-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- OMQSJNWFFJOIMO-UHFFFAOYSA-J zirconium tetrafluoride Chemical compound F[Zr](F)(F)F OMQSJNWFFJOIMO-UHFFFAOYSA-J 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C01—INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C01G—COMPOUNDS CONTAINING METALS NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C01D OR C01F
- C01G53/00—Compounds of nickel
- C01G53/40—Nickelates
- C01G53/42—Nickelates containing alkali metals, e.g. LiNiO2
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M4/00—Electrodes
- H01M4/02—Electrodes composed of, or comprising, active material
- H01M4/36—Selection of substances as active materials, active masses, active liquids
- H01M4/48—Selection of substances as active materials, active masses, active liquids of inorganic oxides or hydroxides
- H01M4/52—Selection of substances as active materials, active masses, active liquids of inorganic oxides or hydroxides of nickel, cobalt or iron
- H01M4/525—Selection of substances as active materials, active masses, active liquids of inorganic oxides or hydroxides of nickel, cobalt or iron of mixed oxides or hydroxides containing iron, cobalt or nickel for inserting or intercalating light metals, e.g. LiNiO2, LiCoO2 or LiCoOxFy
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C01—INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C01G—COMPOUNDS CONTAINING METALS NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C01D OR C01F
- C01G51/00—Compounds of cobalt
- C01G51/40—Cobaltates
- C01G51/42—Cobaltates containing alkali metals, e.g. LiCoO2
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C01—INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C01G—COMPOUNDS CONTAINING METALS NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C01D OR C01F
- C01G53/00—Compounds of nickel
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M10/00—Secondary cells; Manufacture thereof
- H01M10/05—Accumulators with non-aqueous electrolyte
- H01M10/052—Li-accumulators
- H01M10/0525—Rocking-chair batteries, i.e. batteries with lithium insertion or intercalation in both electrodes; Lithium-ion batteries
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M4/00—Electrodes
- H01M4/02—Electrodes composed of, or comprising, active material
- H01M4/36—Selection of substances as active materials, active masses, active liquids
- H01M4/362—Composites
- H01M4/366—Composites as layered products
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C01—INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C01P—INDEXING SCHEME RELATING TO STRUCTURAL AND PHYSICAL ASPECTS OF SOLID INORGANIC COMPOUNDS
- C01P2002/00—Crystal-structural characteristics
- C01P2002/70—Crystal-structural characteristics defined by measured X-ray, neutron or electron diffraction data
- C01P2002/77—Crystal-structural characteristics defined by measured X-ray, neutron or electron diffraction data by unit-cell parameters, atom positions or structure diagrams
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M4/00—Electrodes
- H01M4/02—Electrodes composed of, or comprising, active material
- H01M2004/021—Physical characteristics, e.g. porosity, surface area
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M4/00—Electrodes
- H01M4/02—Electrodes composed of, or comprising, active material
- H01M2004/026—Electrodes composed of, or comprising, active material characterised by the polarity
- H01M2004/028—Positive electrodes
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M4/00—Electrodes
- H01M4/86—Inert electrodes with catalytic activity, e.g. for fuel cells
- H01M2004/8678—Inert electrodes with catalytic activity, e.g. for fuel cells characterised by the polarity
- H01M2004/8684—Negative electrodes
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M4/00—Electrodes
- H01M4/86—Inert electrodes with catalytic activity, e.g. for fuel cells
- H01M2004/8678—Inert electrodes with catalytic activity, e.g. for fuel cells characterised by the polarity
- H01M2004/8689—Positive electrodes
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M2220/00—Batteries for particular applications
- H01M2220/20—Batteries in motive systems, e.g. vehicle, ship, plane
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02E—REDUCTION OF GREENHOUSE GAS [GHG] EMISSIONS, RELATED TO ENERGY GENERATION, TRANSMISSION OR DISTRIBUTION
- Y02E60/00—Enabling technologies; Technologies with a potential or indirect contribution to GHG emissions mitigation
- Y02E60/10—Energy storage using batteries
Definitions
- the homogeneity of the present invention relates to a product, a method, or a manufacturing method.
- the present invention relates to a process, machine, manufacture, or composition (composition of matter).
- One aspect of the present invention relates to a semiconductor device, a display device, a light emitting device, a power storage device, a lighting device, an electronic device, or a method for manufacturing the same.
- the electronic device refers to all devices having a power storage device, and the electro-optical device having the power storage device, the information terminal device having the power storage device, and the like are all electronic devices.
- lithium ion secondary batteries lithium ion capacitors
- air batteries air batteries
- all-solid-state batteries all-solid-state batteries
- high-power, high-capacity lithium-ion secondary batteries are rapidly expanding in demand with the development of the semiconductor industry, and have become indispensable to the modern information society as a source of rechargeable energy. ..
- Patent Documents 1 to 3 the positive electrode active material contained in the positive electrode of the secondary battery is being actively improved.
- Research on the crystal structure of the positive electrode active material has also been conducted (Non-Patent Documents 1 to 3).
- X-ray diffraction is one of the methods used for analyzing the crystal structure of the positive electrode active material.
- XRD data can be analyzed by using ICSD (Inorganic Crystal Structure Database) introduced in Non-Patent Document 4.
- One aspect of the present invention is to provide a positive electrode active material in which a decrease in charge / discharge capacity in a charge / discharge cycle is suppressed by using it in a lithium ion secondary battery. Another issue is to provide a positive electrode active material whose crystal structure does not easily collapse even after repeated charging and discharging. Alternatively, one of the issues is to provide a positive electrode active material having a large charge / discharge capacity. Alternatively, one of the issues is to provide a secondary battery having high safety or reliability.
- Another object of one aspect of the present invention is to provide a positive electrode active material, a power storage device, or a method for producing the same.
- One aspect of the present invention is a positive electrode active material having lithium, cobalt, nickel, magnesium, and oxygen, and the lattice constant A surface of the a-axis of the outermost surface layer of the positive electrode active material is the internal a-axis.
- the c-axis lattice constant C surface of the outermost surface layer is larger than the lattice constant A core of the above, and is larger than the internal c-axis lattice constant C core , which is a positive electrode active material.
- the rate of change RA is preferably 0.05 or more and 0.07 or less
- the rate of change RC is preferably 0.09 or more and 0.12 or less.
- the lattice constant A Surface of a shaft of the outermost surface layer than the difference delta A between the lattice constant A core inside the a-axis, and the lattice constant C Surface of c-axis of the outermost surface layer, the inside of the c-axis and the difference delta C between the lattice constant C core is large.
- Another aspect of the present invention is a positive electrode active material having lithium, cobalt, nickel, magnesium, and oxygen, and at least a part of the outermost surface layer of the positive electrode active material is a transition metal site layer. It is a positive electrode active material having a layered rock salt type crystal structure having alternating lithium site layers, and a part of the lithium site layer has a metal element having an atomic number larger than that of lithium.
- the metal element having an atomic number larger than that of lithium is preferably magnesium, cobalt or aluminum.
- the brightness of the lithium site layer is preferably 3% or more and 60% or less of the brightness of the transition metal site layer.
- the concentration of nickel in the outermost surface layer is preferably 1 atomic% or less, and the concentration of nickel in the entire positive electrode active material is preferably 0.05% or more and 4% or less of the concentration of cobalt.
- the spin density due to any one or more of the divalent nickel ion, the trivalent nickel ion, the divalent cobalt ion and the tetravalent cobalt ion is 2.0 ⁇ 10 17 spins / g or more. It is preferably 0 ⁇ 10 21 spins / g or less.
- the positive electrode active material contains aluminum, and the concentration of aluminum in the entire positive electrode active material is preferably 0.05% or more and 4% or less of the concentration of cobalt.
- the peak of the aluminum concentration is preferably located at a depth of 5 nm or more and 30 nm or less toward the center from the surface.
- Another aspect of the present invention is a lithium ion secondary battery having a positive electrode active material, wherein the positive electrode active material has lithium, cobalt, nickel, magnesium, and oxygen, and is a positive electrode active material.
- the a-axis lattice constant A surface of the outermost surface layer is larger than the internal a-axis lattice constant A core
- the c-axis lattice constant C surface of the outermost surface layer of the positive electrode active material is the internal c-axis lattice constant. It is a lithium-ion secondary battery that is larger than C core.
- Another aspect of the present invention is an electronic device having the above-mentioned secondary battery.
- a positive electrode active material in which a decrease in charge / discharge capacity in a charge / discharge cycle is suppressed.
- a positive electrode active material whose crystal structure does not easily collapse even after repeated charging and discharging.
- a positive electrode active material having a large charge / discharge capacity.
- a secondary battery having high safety or reliability.
- a positive electrode active material it is possible to provide a positive electrode active material, a power storage device, or a method for producing the same.
- FIG. 1A is a cross-sectional view of the positive electrode active material
- FIGS. 1B, 1C1 and 1C2 are a part of a cross-sectional view of the positive electrode active material
- 2A1 to 2C2 are a part of a cross-sectional view of the positive electrode active material
- FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view of the positive electrode active material.
- FIG. 4 is a diagram for explaining the charging depth and the crystal structure of the positive electrode active material.
- FIG. 5 is a diagram showing an XRD pattern calculated from the crystal structure.
- FIG. 6 is a diagram for explaining the charging depth and the crystal structure of the positive electrode active material of the comparative example.
- FIG. 7 is a diagram showing an XRD pattern calculated from the crystal structure.
- FIG. 10 is a diagram illustrating a method for producing a positive electrode active material.
- FIG. 11 is a diagram illustrating a method for producing a positive electrode active material.
- FIG. 12 is a diagram illustrating a method for producing a positive electrode active material.
- FIG. 13 is a diagram illustrating a method for producing a positive electrode active material.
- FIG. 14 is a diagram illustrating a method for producing a positive electrode active material.
- FIG. 15 is a diagram illustrating a method for producing a positive electrode active material.
- 16A and 16B are cross-sectional views of the active material layer when a graphene compound is used as the conductive material.
- 17A and 17B are diagrams illustrating an example of a secondary battery.
- 18A to 18C are diagrams illustrating an example of a secondary battery.
- 19A and 19B are diagrams illustrating an example of a secondary battery.
- 20A to 20C are diagrams illustrating a coin-type secondary battery.
- 21A to 21D are diagrams illustrating a cylindrical secondary battery.
- 22A and 22B are diagrams illustrating an example of a secondary battery.
- 23A to 23D are diagrams illustrating an example of a secondary battery.
- 24A and 24B are diagrams illustrating an example of a secondary battery.
- FIG. 25 is a diagram illustrating an example of a secondary battery.
- 26A to 26C are diagrams illustrating a laminated type secondary battery.
- 27A and 27B are diagrams illustrating a laminated secondary battery.
- FIG. 28 is a diagram showing the appearance of the secondary battery.
- FIG. 29 is a diagram showing the appearance of the secondary battery.
- 30A to 30C are diagrams illustrating a method for manufacturing a secondary battery.
- 31A to 31H are diagrams illustrating an example of an electronic device.
- 32A to 32C are diagrams illustrating an example of an electronic device.
- FIG. 33 is a diagram illustrating an example of an electronic device.
- 34A to 34D are diagrams illustrating an example of an electronic device.
- 35A to 35C are diagrams showing an example of an electronic device.
- 36A to 36C are diagrams illustrating an example of a vehicle.
- FIG. 37A to 37D are surface SEM images of the positive electrode active material.
- FIG. 38A is a cross-sectional TEM image of the positive electrode active material.
- 38B and 38C are partial limited field electron diffraction images of FIG. 38A.
- 39A and 39B are microelectron diffraction images of the positive electrode active material.
- FIG. 40A is a cross-sectional TEM image of the positive electrode active material.
- 40B and 40C are microelectron diffraction images of a part of FIG. 40A.
- FIG. 41A is a cross-sectional TEM image of the positive electrode active material.
- 41B and 41C are microelectron diffraction images of a part of FIG. 41A.
- 42A to 42C are cross-sectional STEM images of the positive electrode active material.
- FIG. 43A is a cross-sectional STEM image of the positive electrode active material, and is a rotated view of FIG. 42B.
- FIG. 43B is a measurement result of the brightness of FIG. 43A.
- FIG. 44A is a graph in which the background is corrected from FIG. 43B.
- FIG. 44B is a bright field image of a cross-sectional STEM of the positive electrode active material.
- FIG. 45A is a cross-sectional HAADF-STEM image of the positive electrode active material. 45B to 45F are the results of EDX plane analysis.
- FIG. 46A is a cross-sectional HAADF-STEM image of the positive electrode active material. 46B to 46D are the results of EDX plane analysis.
- FIG. 47A is a cross-sectional HAADF-STEM image of the positive electrode active material.
- 47B to 47E are views in which the brightness of the result of the EDX plane analysis is inverted.
- FIG. 48 is a cross-sectional HAADF-STEM image of the positive electrode active material.
- 49A and 49B are the results of EDX ray analysis of the positive electrode active material.
- 50A and 50B are SEM images of the positive electrode active material.
- 51A and 51B are grayscale values of the positive electrode active material.
- 52A and 52B are luminance histograms of the positive electrode active material.
- FIG. 53 is an XRD pattern of the positive electrode active material.
- 54A and 54B are XRD patterns in which a part of FIG. 53 is enlarged.
- FIG. 55 is an XRD pattern of the positive electrode active material.
- 56A and 56B are XRD patterns in which a part of FIG. 55 is enlarged.
- FIG. 57 is an XRD pattern of the positive electrode active material.
- 58A and 58B are XRD patterns in which a part of FIG. 57 is enlarged.
- FIG. 59 is an XRD pattern of the positive electrode active material.
- 60A and 60B are XRD patterns obtained by enlarging a part of FIG. 59.
- 61A and 61B are graphs showing the cycle characteristics of the positive electrode active material.
- 62A and 62B are graphs showing the cycle characteristics of the positive electrode active material.
- 63A and 63B are graphs showing the cycle characteristics of the positive electrode active material.
- 64A and 64B are graphs showing the cycle characteristics of the positive electrode active material.
- 65A and 65B are graphs showing the cycle characteristics of the positive electrode active material.
- 66A and 66B are graphs showing the cycle characteristics of the positive electrode active material.
- 67A and 67B are graphs showing the cycle characteristics of the positive electrode active material.
- 68A and 68B are graphs showing the cycle characteristics of the positive electrode active material.
- the Miller index is used for the notation of the crystal plane and the direction.
- Individual planes indicating crystal planes are represented by ().
- Crystallographically, the notation of the crystal plane, direction, and space group has a superscript bar attached to the number, but in the present specification and the like, due to the limitation of the application notation, instead of adding a bar above the number, the number is preceded. It may be expressed with a minus sign.
- segregation refers to a phenomenon in which a certain element (for example, B) is spatially unevenly distributed in a solid composed of a plurality of elements (for example, A, B, C).
- the surface of the positive electrode active material means the surface of the composite oxide including the surface layer portion including the outermost surface layer and the inside. Therefore, the positive electrode active material does not contain carbonic acid, hydroxy groups, etc. that are chemically adsorbed after production. Further, it does not include the electrolytic solution, binder, conductive material, or compounds derived from these, which are attached to the positive electrode active material. Further, the positive electrode active material does not necessarily have to be a region having lithium sites that contribute to charging / discharging.
- the layered rock salt type crystal structure of a composite oxide containing lithium and a transition metal has a rock salt type ion arrangement in which cations and anions are alternately arranged, and the transition metal and lithium are present.
- a crystal structure capable of two-dimensional diffusion of lithium because it is regularly arranged to form a two-dimensional plane. It should be noted that some defects such as cation or anion deficiency may be present, as long as lithium ions can be diffused two-dimensionally. Strictly speaking, the layered rock salt crystal structure may have a distorted lattice of rock salt crystals.
- the rock salt type crystal structure means a structure in which cations and anions are alternately arranged. It should be noted that some cations or anions may be deficient.
- a mixture means a mixture of a plurality of materials.
- the one after the mutual diffusion of the elements of the mixture has occurred may be called a complex. Even if it has a partially unreacted material, it can be said to be a composite.
- the positive electrode active material may be paraphrased as a composite, a composite oxide or a material.
- the theoretical capacity of the positive electrode active material means the amount of electricity when all the lithium that can be inserted and removed from the positive electrode active material is desorbed.
- the theoretical capacity of LiCoO 2 is 274 mAh / g
- the theoretical capacity of LiNiO 2 is 274 mAh / g
- the theoretical capacity of LiMn 2 O 4 is 148 mAh / g.
- the charging depth when all the lithium that can be inserted and removed is inserted is 0, and the charging depth when all the lithium that can be inserted and removed from the positive electrode active material is removed is 1. And.
- a general secondary battery using lithium cobalt oxide can only be charged to a charging depth of 0.4, a charging voltage of 4.3 V (in the case of counter electrode lithium), and a charging capacity of about 160 mAh / g.
- a positive electrode active material having a charging depth of 0.74 or more and 0.9 or less is defined as a positive electrode active material charged at a high voltage. .. Therefore, for example, if the charging capacity of LiCoO 2 is 219.2 mAh / g, it is a positive electrode active material charged at a high voltage. Further, in LiCoO 2 , a constant current charge is performed in an environment of 25 ° C. with a charging voltage of 4.525 V or more and 4.7 V or less (in the case of counter electrode lithium), and then the current value is 0.01 C or the current value at the time of constant current charging.
- the positive electrode active material after being charged at a constant voltage from 1/5 to 1/100 of the above is also referred to as a positive electrode active material charged at a high voltage.
- C is an abbreviation for Capacity rate, and 1C refers to the magnitude of the current that fully charges or completely discharges the charge / discharge capacity of the secondary battery in one hour.
- a positive electrode active material having a charging depth of 0.06 or less, or a positive electrode active material in which a capacity of 90% or more of the charging capacity is discharged from a state of being charged at a high voltage is defined as a sufficiently discharged positive electrode active material. ..
- the charging capacity is 219.2 mAh / g, it is in a state of being charged at a high voltage, and the positive electrode active material after discharging 197.3 mAh / g or more, which is 90% of the charging capacity, is sufficient. It is a positive electrode active material discharged to.
- the positive electrode active material after being discharged at a constant current until the battery voltage becomes 3 V or less (in the case of counter electrode lithium) in an environment of 25 ° C. is also defined as a sufficiently discharged positive electrode active material.
- a lithium metal is used as a counter electrode
- the secondary battery of one aspect of the present invention is this.
- Other materials such as graphite and lithium titanate may be used for the negative electrode.
- the properties of the positive electrode and the positive electrode active material of one aspect of the present invention, such as the crystal structure being less likely to collapse even after repeated charging and discharging, and good cycle characteristics being obtained, are not affected by the material of the negative electrode.
- the secondary battery of one aspect of the present invention may be charged / discharged with a counterpolar lithium at a voltage higher than a general charging voltage of about 4.7 V, but may be charged / discharged at a lower voltage. You may. When charging / discharging at a lower voltage, it is expected that the cycle characteristics will be further improved as compared with those shown in the present specification and the like.
- the charging voltage and the discharging voltage describe the voltage in the case of counter electrode lithium.
- the charge / discharge voltage of the secondary battery changes depending on the material used for the negative electrode. For example, since the potential of graphite is about 0.1 V (vs Li / Li + ), the charge / discharge voltage of the negative electrode graphite is about 0.1 V lower than that of the counter electrode lithium.
- FIG. 1A is a cross-sectional view of the positive electrode active material 100, which is one aspect of the present invention.
- An enlarged view of the vicinity of AB in FIG. 1A is shown in FIGS. 1B, 1C1 and 1C2.
- An enlarged view of the vicinity of CD in FIG. 1A is shown in FIGS. 2A1, 2A2, 2B1, 2B2, 2C1 and 2C2.
- the positive electrode active material 100 has a surface layer portion 100a and an internal 100b.
- the boundary between the surface layer portion 100a and the inner layer 100b is shown by a broken line.
- a part of the crystal grain boundary is shown by a dashed line.
- the positive electrode active material 100 has an outermost surface layer 100c as a part of the surface layer portion 100a.
- FIG. 1B shows the boundary of the outermost surface layer 100c in the surface layer portion 100a with a two-dot dashed line.
- the region from the surface of the positive electrode active material to the inside to about 10 nm is referred to as a surface layer portion 100a.
- the surface created by cracks and cracks can also be called the surface.
- the surface layer portion 100a may be referred to as a surface vicinity, a surface vicinity region, a shell, or the like.
- a region deeper than the surface layer portion 100a of the positive electrode active material is referred to as an internal 100b.
- the internal 100b may be referred to as an internal region or a core.
- the region from the surface to the inside 100b up to 3 nm is referred to as the outermost surface layer 100c.
- the positive electrode active material 100 preferably has a crystal structure in both the surface layer portion 100a and the internal 100b. Further, it is preferable that the a-axis lattice constant of the crystal structure of the surface layer portion 100a is larger than the a-axis lattice constant A core of the crystal structure of the inner 100b. Further, it is preferable that the b-axis lattice constant of the crystal structure of the surface layer portion 100a is larger than the b-axis lattice constant B core of the crystal structure of the inner 100b. Further, it is preferable that the c-axis lattice constant of the crystal structure of the surface layer portion 100a is larger than the c-axis lattice constant C core of the crystal structure of the inner 100b.
- the outermost surface layer 100c of the positive electrode active material 100 also has a crystal structure. Further, it is preferable that the a-axis lattice constant A surface of the crystal structure of the outermost surface layer 100c is larger than the a-axis lattice constant of the surface layer portion 100a and the a-axis lattice constant A core of the inner 100b. Further, it is preferable that the b-axis lattice constant B surface of the crystal structure of the outermost surface layer 100c is larger than the b-axis lattice constant of the surface layer portion 100a and the b-axis lattice constant B core of the inner 100b.
- the c-axis lattice constant C surface of the crystal structure of the outermost surface layer 100c is larger than the c-axis lattice constant of the surface layer portion 100a and the c-axis lattice constant C core of the inner 100b.
- delta A to a value obtained by dividing the change rate R A in A core.
- the delta C to a value obtained by dividing the change rate R C in C core.
- the rate of change RA is preferably more than 0 and 0.12 or less, and more preferably 0.05 or more and 0.07 or less. Alternatively, it is preferably more than 0 and 0.07 or less. Alternatively, it is preferably 0.05 or more and 0.12 or less.
- the rate of change RC is preferably more than 0 and 0.18 or less, more preferably 0.09 or more and 0.12 or less. Alternatively, it is preferably more than 0 and 0.12 or less. Alternatively, it is preferably 0.09 or more and 0.18 or less.
- the lattice constant is calculated as belonging to the same space group for easy comparison between regions.
- the layered rock salt type of R-3m cannot be described by Fm-3m, but the rock salt type of Fm-3m can be expressed by R-3m. Therefore, for example, when the inner 100b has the characteristic of a layered rock salt type of R-3m, and the surface layer portion 100a and the outermost layer 100c have the characteristics of a rock salt type of Fm-3m, the crystal structure of the layered rock salt type of the space group R-3m is formed.
- the lattice constant is calculated by using it as a model, it becomes easy to compare the lattice constants of each region.
- the a-axis will be described as a representative of the layered rock salt type of the space group R-3m.
- the distance between anions may be used for comparison between regions instead of the lattice constant.
- the rock salt type, the layered rock salt type, and the spinel type all have a cubic closest packed structure (ccp arrangement) of anions, and can be said to have almost the same anion packing.
- ccp arrangement cubic closest packed structure
- the present invention is not limited to this. It is preferable to select the optimum structure depending on the material of the positive electrode active material 100. For example, it is preferable to adopt a crystal structure that occupies the largest volume among the crystal structures of the positive electrode active material 100.
- crystal structures such as rock salt type, spinel type, and olivine type can be used.
- Determining whether the surface layer 100a, the interior 100b, and the outermost surface layer 100c have a crystal structure, and determining the lattice constant when the crystal structure is present, are determined, for example, by cross-sectional TEM, cross-sectional STEM, and limited-field electron diffraction. It can be performed by electron diffraction or the like including ultrafine electron diffraction.
- a regular arrangement of atoms can be observed in a cross-sectional TEM image, a cross-sectional STEM image, or the like, it can be said that the crystal structure is present. Further, if a diffraction pattern having regular spots can be observed in an electron beam diffraction image or the like, it can be said that it has a crystal structure.
- the crystal structure can be analyzed for a small region of about 20 nm for limited-field electron diffraction and for a smaller region of about 1 nm for microelectron diffraction, which is suitable for determining the lattice constants of the surface layer portion 100a and the outermost surface layer 100c. ..
- the effective number of the lattice constant obtained by the electron diffraction method is two digits.
- the lattice constants obtained from these electron diffraction methods may be corrected with reference to the lattice constants obtained from the powder XRD, literature values, and the like.
- the internal 100b occupies most of the volume. Therefore, the lattice constant of the entire positive electrode active material 100 obtained by powder XRD can be considered to be equal to the lattice constant of the internal 100b obtained by electron diffraction. Therefore, the lattice of the surface layer portion 100a and the outermost surface layer 100c corrected from the ratio of the lattice constants of the inner 100b, the surface layer portion 100a and the outermost surface layer 100c obtained from the electron diffraction, and the lattice constants obtained from the powder XRD. A constant can be obtained.
- the surface layer portion 100a has a higher concentration of the additive element described later than the inner layer 100b. Further, it is preferable that the additive has a concentration gradient. When there are a plurality of additive elements, it is preferable that the depth of the concentration peak from the surface differs depending on the additive element.
- a certain additive element X preferably has a concentration gradient that increases from the inside 100b toward the surface, as shown by a gradation in FIG. 1C1.
- the additive element X preferably having such a concentration gradient include magnesium, fluorine, titanium, silicon, phosphorus, boron and calcium.
- the other additive element Y preferably has a concentration gradient and a concentration peak in a region deeper than that of FIG. 1C1, as shown by the gradation in FIG. 1C2.
- the concentration peak may be present in the surface layer portion 100a or may be deeper than the surface layer portion 100a. It is preferable to have a concentration peak in a region other than the outermost surface layer 100c. For example, it is preferable to have a peak in a region of 5 nm or more and 30 nm from the surface.
- Examples of the additive element Y preferably having such a concentration gradient include aluminum and manganese.
- the crystal structure continuously changes from the inside 100b toward the surface layer portion 100a and the outermost surface layer 100c due to the above-mentioned concentration gradient of the additive element.
- the inner 100b has a layered rock salt type crystal structure.
- One of the characteristics of the layered rock salt type crystal structure is that the transition metal M layer and the lithium layer are alternately provided between the cubic closest packed structures of anions. Therefore, the internal 100b has a cross-sectional TEM or the like, and the transition metal M layer having a large atomic number observed at high brightness and the lithium layer observed at low brightness are alternately observed. Since both oxygen and fluorine, which are anions, have small atomic numbers, they are observed with the same brightness as lithium. These elements with low atomic numbers do not produce clear bright spots and may have only a slight difference in brightness from the background.
- the crystal structure has a layered rock salt type crystal structure. This feature is seen when viewed from the direction perpendicular to the c-axis in the layered rock salt type crystal structure. Even if it has a layered rock salt type crystal structure, this feature may not be seen when viewed from other directions.
- the additive element since the concentration of the additive element is high in the outermost surface layer 100c, the additive element enters a part of the lithium site. Since lithium sites are surrounded by anions such as oxygen, metal elements such as magnesium and aluminum are likely to enter among the additives. Further, a transition metal M, for example, cobalt may enter a part of the lithium site. Since all of these metals have an atomic number larger than that of lithium, they are observed with a higher brightness than lithium in a cross-sectional TEM or the like.
- an additive element or lithium may be contained in a part of the transition metal M site.
- the cross-section TEM or the like is observed with a lower brightness than the transition metal M.
- the lithium site and the transition metal site have the same characteristics of the rock salt type crystal structure. It can be said that having the characteristics of the rock salt type crystal structure suggests that the additive element is present at a sufficient concentration.
- the additive element is present at a sufficient concentration, it is possible to suppress the elution of the transition metal M and the separation of oxygen that may occur when charging at a high voltage. Therefore, the battery characteristics, particularly the continuous charge resistance, are improved, and a secondary battery with high safety and reliability can be obtained.
- the outermost surface layer 100c preferably has the same layered rock salt type crystal structure as the inner layer 100b. This is because if the surface is covered only with a rock salt type crystal structure, the diffusion path of lithium is obstructed and the internal resistance may increase during charging and discharging. For the same reason, it is preferable that the rock salt type crystal structure is characterized only about 3 nm from the surface.
- the outermost surface layer 100c has both the characteristics of the layered rock salt type crystal structure and the characteristics of the rock salt type crystal structure. That is, the outermost surface layer 100c has a layered rock salt type crystal structure in which layers observed with high brightness and layers observed with low brightness are alternately arranged in a cross-sectional TEM image or the like, and lithium is further formed as a part of lithium sites. It is preferable to have a metal having a higher atomic number.
- the brightness of the lithium site layer is 3% or more and 60% or less of the brightness of the transition metal M site layer in the cross-sectional TEM image.
- it is 4% or more and 50% or less.
- it is 6% or more and 40% or less.
- it is preferably 3% or more and 50% or less.
- it is preferably 3% or more and 40% or less.
- it is preferably 4% or more and 60% or less.
- it is preferably 4% or more and 40% or less.
- it is preferably 6% or more and 60% or less.
- the lithium site layer and the transition metal M site layer used for comparison preferably have a width of 5 nm or more parallel to the arrangement of the transition metal M.
- the brightness in the cross-section TEM or the like can be calculated by, for example, integrating the brightness of the pixels in the dark field image of the cross-section TEM.
- the brightness of the transition metal M-site layer and the lithium-site layer can be calculated by integrating the brightness of the pixels in parallel with these layers.
- the image may be a gray scale in which black has a brightness of 0 and white has a brightness of 255, and the brightness of each pixel may be integrated one column at a time.
- the correction may be performed excluding the brightness derived from an element having a small atomic number such as oxygen.
- a sample having a cross section of TEM or the like has a thickness of about 20 nm to 200 nm. Therefore, when the surface of the positive electrode active material 100 is uneven, accurate brightness may not be obtained in a portion shallow from the surface. Therefore, when comparing the brightness, it is necessary to perform the comparison between the parts where the brightness can be stably obtained. For example, when the maximum value of the brightness of the transition metal M site layer is 1, it is assumed that the transition metal M site layer having a brightness of 0.7 or more has a stable brightness.
- the surface of the positive electrode active material 100 in the cross-sectional TEM image, the cross-sectional STEM image, etc. is the surface on which a metal element having an atomic number larger than that of lithium is first observed. More specifically, first, it is assumed that a nucleus of a metal element having an atomic number larger than that of lithium, that is, a peak of brightness in a cross-sectional TEM image or the like exists.
- the outermost surface layer 100c of the positive electrode active material may have both the characteristics of the layered rock salt type crystal structure and the characteristics of the rock salt type crystal structure. If the crystal plane exposed on the surface of the positive electrode active material is substantially parallel to the (001) plane of R-3m, the above characteristics can be easily observed, but depending on the crystal plane, these characteristics may not be clearly observed. .. Therefore, the brightness ratio of the transition metal site layer to the lithium site layer does not necessarily have to be within the above range.
- the characteristics of the layered rock salt type crystal structure and the rock salt type crystal structure can be analyzed by electron diffraction.
- the rock salt type has one type of cation and has high symmetry.
- the layered rock salt type has lower symmetry than the rock salt type because two types of cations are regularly arranged. Therefore, there are twice as many bright spots corresponding to a specific plane orientation as in the rock salt type.
- the transition metal M is uniformly dissolved in the entire positive electrode active material 100. If the concentration of some transition metal M, for example nickel, is low, it may be below the lower limit of detection in the analysis of XPS, XPS and the like.
- the amount of nickel in the lithium composite oxide is 0.5 atomic% or less.
- the lower limit of detection of XPS and EDX is about 1 atomic%. Therefore, if nickel is uniformly dissolved in the entire positive electrode active material 100, it may be below the lower limit of detection by an analysis method such as XPS or EDX. In this case, it can be said that the fact that the nickel concentration is 1 atomic% or less and that the nickel concentration is 1 atomic% or less and that the nickel is solid-solved in the entire positive electrode active material 100.
- the transition metal can be quantified even if the concentration is 1 atomic% or less.
- the positive electrode active material 100 may have an additive element that is widely dissolved in the inside 100b of the positive electrode active material 100 and does not have a concentration gradient.
- a part of the transition metal M contained in the positive electrode active material 100 for example, manganese may have a concentration gradient in which the concentration gradient increases from the inside 100b toward the surface.
- the transition metal M contained in the positive electrode active material 100 it is preferable to use a metal capable of forming a layered rock salt type composite oxide belonging to the space group R-3m together with lithium.
- a metal capable of forming a layered rock salt type composite oxide belonging to the space group R-3m together with lithium For example, at least one of manganese, cobalt and nickel can be used. That is, as the transition metal of the positive electrode active material 100, only cobalt may be used, only nickel may be used, two types of cobalt and manganese, two types of cobalt and nickel may be used, and cobalt may be used. , Manganese, and nickel may be used.
- the positive electrode active material 100 is lithium cobalt oxide, lithium nickel oxide, lithium cobalt oxide in which a part of cobalt is substituted with manganese, lithium cobalt oxide in which a part of cobalt is substituted with nickel, and nickel-manganese-lithium cobalt oxide.
- Such as, can have a composite oxide containing lithium and a transition metal M.
- cobalt when used as the transition metal M contained in the positive electrode active material 100 in an amount of 75 atomic% or more, preferably 90 atomic% or more, more preferably 95 atomic% or more, it is relatively easy to synthesize, easy to handle, and has excellent cycle characteristics. There are many advantages such as. Further, when nickel is contained in addition to cobalt in the above range as the transition metal M, the displacement of the layered structure composed of the octahedron of cobalt and oxygen may be suppressed. Therefore, the crystal structure may become more stable especially in a charged state at a high temperature, which is preferable.
- the transition metal M does not necessarily have to contain manganese.
- the positive electrode active material 100 which does not substantially contain manganese, the above-mentioned advantages such as relatively easy synthesis, easy handling, and excellent cycle characteristics may be further increased.
- the weight of manganese contained in the positive electrode active material 100 is, for example, 600 ppm or less, more preferably 100 ppm or less.
- the raw material becomes cheaper than the case where the amount of cobalt is large.
- the charge / discharge capacity per weight may increase, which is preferable.
- the transition metal M does not necessarily have to contain nickel.
- the additive element contained in the positive electrode active material 100 at least one of magnesium, fluorine, aluminum, titanium, zirconium, vanadium, iron, chromium, niobium, cobalt, arsenic, zinc, silicon, sulfur, phosphorus and boron should be used. Is preferable. These additive elements may further stabilize the crystal structure of the positive electrode active material 100 as described later. That is, the positive electrode active material 100 is added with magnesium and fluorine-added lithium cobalt oxide, magnesium, fluorine and titanium-added lithium cobalt oxide, magnesium and fluorine-added lithium nickel-cobalate, magnesium and fluorine.
- the additive element may be referred to as a mixture, a part of a raw material, an impurity element or the like.
- the additive elements do not necessarily include magnesium, fluorine, aluminum, titanium, zirconium, vanadium, iron, chromium, niobium, cobalt, arsenic, zinc, silicon, sulfur, phosphorus or boron.
- the surface layer portion 100a having a high concentration of additives so that the layered structure composed of octahedrons of cobalt and oxygen is not broken even if lithium is removed from the positive electrode active material 100 by charging. That is, it is reinforced by the outer peripheral portion of the particles.
- the concentration gradient of the additive element is preferably the same gradient in the entire surface layer portion 100a of the positive electrode active material 100. It may be said that it is preferable that the reinforcement derived from the high impurity concentration is uniformly present in the surface layer portion 100a. Even if a part of the surface layer portion 100a is reinforced, if there is a portion without reinforcement, stress may be concentrated on the portion without reinforcement. When stress is concentrated on a part of the particles, defects such as cracks may occur from the stress, which may lead to cracking of the positive electrode active material and a decrease in charge / discharge capacity.
- homogeneity refers to a phenomenon in which a certain element (for example, A) is distributed in a specific region with the same characteristics in a solid composed of a plurality of elements (for example, A, B, C). It is sufficient that the concentrations of the elements in the specific regions are substantially the same. For example, the difference in element concentration between specific regions may be within 10%.
- Specific areas include, for example, a surface layer, a surface, a convex portion, a concave portion, an interior, and the like.
- the concentration gradient of all additive elements does not necessarily have to be uniform in all the surface layer portions 100a of the positive electrode active material 100.
- Examples of the distribution of the additive element X near CD in FIG. 1A are shown in FIGS. 2A1, 2B1 and 2C1.
- Examples of the distribution of the additive element Y near CD are shown in FIGS. 2A2, 2B2 and 2C2.
- the additive element Y in FIG. 2C2 has a peak in a region other than the outermost surface layer as in FIG. 1C2. For example, it is preferable to have a peak in a region of more than 3 nm and up to 30 nm from the surface.
- the positive electrode active material 100 may have an embedded portion 102 and a convex portion 103 as shown in FIG. 1A.
- Additive elements may be present in the embedded portion 102 and the convex portion 103 at a higher concentration than the internal 100b or the surface layer portion 100a.
- the positive electrode active material 100 may have recesses, cracks, dents, a V-shaped cross section, and the like. These are one of the defects, and repeated charging and discharging may cause elution of the transition metal M, collapse of the crystal structure, cracking of the main body, release of oxygen, and the like. However, if the embedded portion 102 is present so as to embed these, elution of the transition metal M and the like can be suppressed. Therefore, the positive electrode active material 100 having excellent reliability and cycle characteristics can be obtained.
- the positive electrode active material 100 may have a convex portion 103 as a region where additive elements are unevenly distributed.
- the additive element contained in the positive electrode active material 100 is excessive, the insertion and removal of lithium may be adversely affected.
- the internal resistance may increase and the charge / discharge capacity may decrease.
- the impurity element also referred to as an additive element
- the impurity element needs to have an appropriate concentration in the positive electrode active material 100, but its adjustment is not easy.
- the positive electrode active material 100 has a region in which impurity elements are unevenly distributed, a part of the excess impurities is removed from the inside 100b of the positive electrode active material 100, and an appropriate impurity concentration can be obtained in the inside 100b. ..
- the ability to suppress an increase in the internal resistance of the secondary battery is an extremely preferable characteristic particularly in charging / discharging at a high rate, for example, charging / discharging at 2C or higher.
- the positive electrode active material 100 having a region in which impurity elements are unevenly distributed it is permissible to mix impurities in an excessive amount to some extent in the manufacturing process. Therefore, the margin in production is widened, which is preferable.
- uneven distribution means that the concentration of a certain element is different from that of another. It may be said that segregation, precipitation, non-uniformity, bias, high concentration or low concentration, and the like.
- Magnesium which is one of the additive elements X, is divalent and is more stable when present at the lithium site than at the transition metal site in the layered rock salt type crystal structure, so that it easily enters the lithium site.
- magnesium is present at an appropriate concentration in the lithium site of the surface layer portion 100a, it is possible to easily maintain the layered rock salt type crystal structure. Further, the presence of magnesium can suppress the release of oxygen around magnesium during high-voltage charging.
- Magnesium is preferable because it does not adversely affect the insertion and removal of lithium during charging and discharging if the concentration is appropriate. However, an excess can adversely affect the insertion and removal of lithium. Therefore, as will be described later, it is preferable that the surface layer portion 100a has a higher concentration of the transition metal M than, for example, magnesium.
- Aluminum which is one of the additive elements Y, is trivalent and may be present at transition metal sites in the layered rock salt type crystal structure. Aluminum can suppress the elution of surrounding cobalt. In addition, since aluminum has a strong binding force with oxygen, it is possible to suppress the departure of oxygen around aluminum. Therefore, if aluminum is used as an additive element, the positive electrode active material 100 whose crystal structure does not easily collapse even after repeated charging and discharging can be obtained.
- Fluorine is a monovalent anion, and when a part of oxygen is replaced with fluorine in the surface layer portion 100a, the lithium desorption energy becomes small. This is because the change in the valence of cobalt ions due to lithium desorption changes from trivalent to tetravalent in the absence of fluorine and divalent to trivalent in the case of having fluorine, and the redox potentials are different. Therefore, when a part of oxygen is replaced with fluorine in the surface layer portion 100a of the positive electrode active material 100, it can be said that the separation and insertion of lithium ions in the vicinity of fluorine are likely to occur smoothly. Therefore, when used in a secondary battery, charge / discharge characteristics, rate characteristics, and the like are improved, which is preferable.
- Titanium oxide is known to have superhydrophilicity. Therefore, by using the positive electrode active material 100 having a titanium oxide on the surface layer portion 100a, there is a possibility that the wettability with respect to a highly polar solvent may be improved. When a secondary battery is used, the contact between the positive electrode active material 100 and the highly polar electrolytic solution is good, and there is a possibility that an increase in internal resistance can be suppressed.
- the positive electrode active material of one aspect of the present invention has a stable crystal structure even at a high voltage. Since the crystal structure of the positive electrode active material is stable in the charged state, it is possible to suppress a decrease in charge / discharge capacity due to repeated charging / discharging.
- a short circuit of the secondary battery not only causes a problem in the charging operation and the discharging operation of the secondary battery, but also may cause heat generation and ignition.
- the short-circuit current is suppressed even at a high charging voltage.
- a short-circuit current is suppressed even at a high charging voltage. Therefore, it is possible to obtain a secondary battery having both high charge / discharge capacity and safety.
- the concentration gradient of the additive element can be evaluated by using, for example, energy dispersive X-ray spectroscopy (EDX: Energy Dispersive X-ray Spectroscopy), EPMA (electron probe microanalysis), or the like.
- EDX Energy Dispersive X-ray spectroscopy
- EPMA electron probe microanalysis
- linear analysis measuring while scanning linearly and evaluating the distribution of the atomic concentration in the positive electrode active material particles.
- linear analysis the data extracted from the surface analysis of the EDX in the linear region may be referred to as the line analysis.
- measuring a certain area without scanning is called point analysis.
- the concentration of the additive element in the surface layer portion 100a including the outermost surface layer 100c of the positive electrode active material 100, the inner 100b, the vicinity of the grain boundary, and the like can be quantitatively analyzed.
- the concentration distribution and maximum value of the additive element can be analyzed by EDX ray analysis.
- the peak of the magnesium concentration in the surface layer portion 100a is from the surface of the positive electrode active material 100 to a depth of 3 nm toward the center, that is, the outermost surface layer 100c. It is preferably present at a depth of 1 nm, more preferably at a depth of 0.5 nm, and even more preferably at a depth of 0.5 nm.
- the distribution of fluorine is preferably superimposed on the distribution of magnesium. Therefore, when EDX ray analysis is performed, the peak of the fluorine concentration in the surface layer portion 100a preferably exists up to a depth of 3 nm from the surface of the positive electrode active material 100 toward the center, that is, in the outermost surface layer 100c, up to a depth of 1 nm. It is more preferable that it is present in, and it is further preferable that it is present up to a depth of 0.5 nm.
- the positive electrode active material 100 has aluminum as an additive element, it is preferable that the distribution is slightly different from that of magnesium and fluorine as described above.
- the peak of magnesium concentration is closer to the surface than the peak of aluminum concentration of the surface layer portion 100a.
- the peak of the aluminum concentration preferably exists at a depth of 0.5 nm or more and 50 nm or less toward the center from the surface of the positive electrode active material 100, and more preferably at a depth of 5 nm or more and 30 nm or less. Alternatively, it is preferably present at 0.5 nm or more and 30 nm or less. Alternatively, it is preferably present at 5 nm or more and 50 nm or less.
- the ratio (I / M) of the number of atoms of the impurity element I and the transition metal M in the surface layer portion 100a is preferably 0.05 or more and 1.00 or less.
- the ratio (Ti / M) of the number of atoms of titanium and the transition metal M is preferably 0.05 or more and 0.4 or less, and more preferably 0.1 or more and 0.3 or less.
- the impurity element is magnesium
- the ratio of the number of atoms (Mg / M) between magnesium and the transition metal M is preferably 0.4 or more and 1.5 or less, and more preferably 0.45 or more and 1.00 or less.
- the ratio (F / M) of the number of atoms of fluorine and the transition metal M is preferably 0.05 or more and 1.5 or less, and more preferably 0.3 or more and 1.00 or less.
- the surface of the positive electrode active material 100 in the EDX ray analysis result can be estimated as follows, for example.
- the surface of the transition metal M such as oxygen or cobalt which is uniformly present in the inside 100b of the positive electrode active material 100, is halved of the detected amount in the inside 100b.
- the positive electrode active material 100 is a composite oxide, it is preferable to estimate the surface using the amount of oxygen detected. Specifically, first, the average value Oave of the oxygen concentration is obtained from the region where the detected amount of oxygen in the internal 100b is stable. If oxygen O background believed to be due to chemical adsorption or background outside from the surface at this time is detected may be an average value O ave of the oxygen concentration from the measured values by subtracting the O background. The 1/2 of the mean value O ave, the measurement point that is shown closest measurements 1 / 2O ave, it can be estimated that the surface of the positive electrode active material.
- the surface can also be estimated by using the transition metal M contained in the positive electrode active material 100. For example, when 95% or more of the transition metal M is cobalt, the surface can be estimated in the same manner as described above using the amount of cobalt detected. Alternatively, it can be estimated in the same manner by using the sum of the detected amounts of a plurality of transition metal Ms. The amount of transition metal M detected is suitable for surface estimation because it is not easily affected by chemisorption.
- the ratio (I / M) of the additive element I and the transition metal M in the vicinity of the grain boundaries is preferably 0.020 or more and 0.50 or less. Further, it is preferably 0.025 or more and 0.30 or less. Further, it is preferably 0.030 or more and 0.20 or less. Alternatively, it is preferably 020 or more and 0.30 or less. Alternatively, it is preferably 020 or more and 0.20 or less. Alternatively, it is preferably 025 or more and 0.50 or less. Alternatively, it is preferably 025 or more and 0.20 or less. Alternatively, it is preferably 0.030 or more and 0.50 or less. Alternatively, it is preferably 0.030 or more and 0.30 or less.
- the ratio of the atomic numbers of magnesium to cobalt is preferably 0.020 or more and 0.50 or less. Further, it is preferably 0.025 or more and 0.30 or less. Further, it is preferably 0.030 or more and 0.20 or less. Alternatively, it is preferably 0.020 or more and 0.30 or less. Alternatively, it is preferably 0.020 or more and 0.20 or less. Alternatively, it is preferably 0.025 or more and 0.50 or less. Alternatively, it is preferably 0.025 or more and 0.20 or less. Alternatively, it is preferably 0.030 or more and 0.50 or less. Alternatively, it is preferably 0.030 or more and 0.30 or less.
- the positive electrode active material 100 may have a coating film on at least a part of the surface thereof.
- FIG. 3 shows an example of the positive electrode active material 100 having the coating film 104.
- the coating film 104 is preferably formed by depositing decomposition products of the electrolytic solution during charging and discharging, for example.
- the coating 104 preferably has, for example, carbon, oxygen and fluorine.
- LiBOB and / or SUN Suberonitrile
- the coating film 104 has boron and / or nitrogen because it tends to be a good quality coating film. Further, the coating film 104 does not have to cover all of the positive electrode active material 100.
- a material having a layered rock salt type crystal structure such as lithium cobalt oxide (LiCoO 2 ) has a high discharge capacity and is known to be excellent as a positive electrode active material for a secondary battery.
- Examples of the material having a layered rock salt type crystal structure include a composite oxide represented by LiMO 2.
- the positive electrode active material will be described with reference to FIGS. 4 to 7.
- 4 to 7 show a case where cobalt is used as the transition metal M contained in the positive electrode active material.
- the positive electrode active material shown in FIG. 6 is lithium cobalt oxide (LiCoO 2 ) to which fluorine and magnesium are not added by the production method described later. As described in Non-Patent Document 1 and Non-Patent Document 2, the crystal structure of lithium cobalt oxide shown in FIG. 6 changes depending on the charging depth.
- lithium cobalt oxide having a charging depth of 0 has a region having a crystal structure of the space group R-3 m, lithium occupies an octahedral site, and a unit cell.
- CoO 2 layer exists three layers in. Therefore, this crystal structure may be referred to as an O3 type crystal structure.
- the CoO 2 layer is a structure in which an octahedral structure in which oxygen is coordinated to cobalt is continuous with a plane in a state of sharing a ridge.
- the space group P-3m1 has a crystal structure, and one CoO 2 layer exists in the unit cell. Therefore, this crystal structure may be referred to as an O1 type crystal structure.
- lithium cobalt oxide when the charging depth is about 0.8 has a crystal structure of the space group R-3 m.
- This structure can be said to be a structure in which a structure of CoO 2 such as P-3m1 (O1) and a structure of LiCoO 2 such as R-3m (O3) are alternately laminated. Therefore, this crystal structure may be referred to as an H1-3 type crystal structure.
- the number of cobalt atoms per unit cell is twice that of other structures.
- the c-axis of the H1-3 type crystal structure is shown in a diagram in which the c-axis is halved of the unit cell.
- the coordinates of cobalt and oxygen in the unit cell are set to Co (0, 0 , 0.42150 ⁇ 0.00016), O 1 (0). , 0, 0.27671 ⁇ 0.00045), O 2 (0, 0, 0.11535 ⁇ 0.00045).
- O 1 and O 2 are oxygen atoms, respectively.
- the H1-3 type crystal structure is represented by a unit cell using one cobalt and two oxygens.
- the O3'type crystal structure of one aspect of the present invention is preferably represented by a unit cell using one cobalt and one oxygen.
- the O3'structure is from the O3 structure compared to the H1-3 type structure. Indicates that the change is small. It is more preferable to use which unit cell to represent the crystal structure of the positive electrode active material. For example, in the Rietveld analysis of XRD, the GOF (goodness of fit) value should be selected to be smaller. Just do it.
- the difference in volume is also large.
- the difference in volume between the H1-3 type crystal structure and the discharged O3 type crystal structure is 3.0% or more.
- the structure of the H1-3 type crystal structure in which two CoO layers are continuous such as P-3m1 (O1), is likely to be unstable.
- the crystal structure of lithium cobalt oxide collapses when high voltage charging and discharging are repeated.
- the collapse of the crystal structure causes deterioration of the cycle characteristics. This is because the crystal structure collapses, which reduces the number of sites where lithium can exist stably and makes it difficult to insert and remove lithium.
- ⁇ Positive electrode active material according to one aspect of the present invention > ⁇ Crystal structure ⁇
- the positive electrode active material 100 of one aspect of the present invention can reduce the deviation of the CoO 2 layer in repeated charging and discharging of a high voltage. Furthermore, the change in volume can be reduced. Therefore, the positive electrode active material of one aspect of the present invention can realize excellent cycle characteristics. Further, the positive electrode active material according to one aspect of the present invention can have a stable crystal structure in a high voltage charging state. Therefore, the positive electrode active material of one aspect of the present invention may not easily cause a short circuit when the high voltage charged state is maintained. In such a case, safety is further improved, which is preferable.
- the positive electrode active material of one aspect of the present invention there is a small difference in volume between a sufficiently discharged state and a state charged at a high voltage when the change in crystal structure and the same number of transition metal M atoms are compared. ..
- the crystal structure of the positive electrode active material 100 before and after charging and discharging is shown in FIG.
- the positive electrode active material 100 is a composite oxide having lithium, cobalt as a transition metal M, and oxygen.
- the crystal structure at a charge depth of 0 (discharged state) in FIG. 4 is R-3 m (O3), which is the same as in FIG.
- the positive electrode active material 100 has a crystal having a structure different from that of the H1-3 type crystal structure when the charging depth is sufficiently charged.
- this structure is a space group R-3m and is not a spinel-type crystal structure, ions such as cobalt and magnesium occupy the oxygen 6 coordination position, and the cation arrangement has symmetry similar to that of the spinel-type.
- the symmetry of CoO 2 layers of this structure is the same as type O3. Therefore, this structure is referred to as an O3'type crystal structure or a pseudo-spinel type crystal structure in the present specification and the like.
- the O3'type crystal structure may be paraphrased as a pseudo-spinel type crystal structure. Further, in both the O3 type crystal structure and the O3'type crystal structure, it is preferable that magnesium is dilutely present between the CoO 2 layers, that is, in the lithium site. Further, it is preferable that fluorine is randomly and dilutely present at the oxygen site.
- a light element such as lithium may occupy the oxygen 4-coordination position, and in this case as well, the ion arrangement has symmetry similar to that of the spinel type.
- the positive electrode active material 100 of one aspect of the present invention is not limited to this. It may be biased to some lithium sites. For example, like Li 0.5 CoO 2 belonging to the space group P2 / m, it may be present in some of the aligned lithium sites.
- the distribution of lithium can be analyzed, for example, by neutron diffraction.
- the O3'type crystal structure is a crystal structure similar to the CdCl 2 type crystal structure, although Li is randomly provided between the layers.
- This crystal structure similar to CdCl type 2 is similar to the crystal structure when lithium nickel oxide is charged to a charging depth of 0.94 (Li 0.06 NiO 2 ), but contains a large amount of pure lithium cobalt oxide or cobalt. It is known that the layered rock salt type positive electrode active material usually does not have this crystal structure.
- the change in crystal structure when a large amount of lithium is released by charging at a high voltage is suppressed as compared with the conventional positive electrode active material. For example, as indicated by a dotted line in FIG. 4, there is little deviation of CoO 2 layers in these crystal structures.
- the positive electrode active material 100 has high crystal structure stability even when the charging voltage is high.
- a charging voltage having an H1-3 type crystal structure for example, a charging voltage capable of maintaining an R-3m (O3) crystal structure even at a voltage of about 4.6 V based on the potential of lithium metal.
- There is a region in which the charging voltage is further increased for example, a region in which an O3'type crystal structure can be obtained even at a voltage of about 4.65 V to 4.7 V with reference to the potential of the lithium metal.
- H1-3 type crystals may be observed only.
- the positive electrode active material 100 of one aspect of the present invention can have an O3'-type crystal structure. There are cases.
- the crystal structure is unlikely to collapse even if charging and discharging are repeated at a high voltage.
- the positive electrode active material 100 of one aspect of the present invention can maintain the crystal structure of R-3m (O3).
- the O3'type crystal structure can be obtained even in a region where the charging voltage is further increased, for example, when the voltage of the secondary battery exceeds 4.5 V and is 4.6 V or less.
- the positive electrode active material 100 of one aspect of the present invention may have an O3'type crystal structure.
- the coordinates of cobalt and oxygen in the unit cell are in the range of Co (0,0,0.5), O (0,0,x), 0.20 ⁇ x ⁇ 0.25. Can be shown within.
- the fluorine compound it is preferable to add the fluorine compound to lithium cobalt oxide before the heat treatment for distributing magnesium throughout the particles.
- the addition of a fluorine compound causes the melting point of lithium cobalt oxide to drop. By lowering the melting point, it becomes easy to distribute magnesium throughout the particles at a temperature at which cationic mixing is unlikely to occur. Further, the presence of the fluorine compound can be expected to improve the corrosion resistance to hydrofluoric acid generated by the decomposition of the electrolytic solution.
- the number of atoms of magnesium contained in the positive electrode active material of one aspect of the present invention is preferably 0.001 times or more and 0.1 times or less the number of atoms of the transition metal M, more preferably greater than 0.01 and less than 0.04. About 0.02 is more preferable. Alternatively, it is preferably 0.001 times or more and less than 0.04. Alternatively, it is preferably 0.01 or more and 0.1 or less.
- the magnesium concentration shown here may be, for example, a value obtained by elemental analysis of the entire particles of the positive electrode active material using ICP-MS or the like, or a value of the blending of raw materials in the process of producing the positive electrode active material. It may be based.
- One or more metals selected from, for example, nickel, aluminum, manganese, titanium, vanadium and chromium may be added to lithium cobaltate as a metal other than cobalt (hereinafter referred to as metal Z), particularly one or more of nickel and aluminum. It is preferable to add it.
- metal Z a metal other than cobalt
- Manganese, titanium, vanadium and chromium may be stable and easily tetravalent, and may have a high contribution to structural stability.
- the crystal structure of the positive electrode active material according to one aspect of the present invention may become more stable, for example, in a state of being charged at a high voltage.
- the metal Z is added at a concentration that does not significantly change the crystallinity of lithium cobalt oxide.
- the amount is preferably such that the above-mentioned Jahn-Teller effect and the like are not exhibited.
- transition metals such as nickel and manganese and aluminum are preferably present at cobalt sites, but some may be present at lithium sites.
- Magnesium is preferably present in lithium sites.
- Oxygen may be partially replaced with fluorine.
- the charge / discharge capacity of the positive electrode active material may decrease.
- the positive electrode active material of one aspect of the present invention has nickel as the metal Z in addition to magnesium, it may be possible to increase the charge / discharge capacity per weight and per volume.
- the positive electrode active material of one aspect of the present invention has aluminum as the metal Z in addition to magnesium, the charge / discharge capacity per weight and per volume may be increased.
- the positive electrode active material of one aspect of the present invention has nickel and aluminum in addition to magnesium, it may be possible to increase the charge / discharge capacity per weight and per volume.
- the concentration of elements such as magnesium, metal Z, etc. contained in the positive electrode active material according to one aspect of the present invention is represented by using the number of atoms.
- the number of nickel atoms contained in the positive electrode active material 100 of one aspect of the present invention is preferably more than 0% of the atomic number of cobalt and preferably 7.5% or less, preferably 0.05% or more and 4% or less, and is 0.1. % Or more and 2% or less are preferable, and 0.2% or more and 1% or less are more preferable. Alternatively, it is preferably more than 0% and 4% or less. Alternatively, it is preferably more than 0% and 2% or less. Alternatively, it is preferably 0.05% or more and 7.5% or less. Alternatively, it is preferably 0.05% or more and 2% or less. Alternatively, it is preferably 0.1% or more and 7.5% or less.
- the nickel concentration shown here may be, for example, a value obtained by elemental analysis of the entire particles of the positive electrode active material using GD-MS, ICP-MS, or the like, or a raw material in the process of producing the positive electrode active material. It may be based on the value of the formulation.
- Nickel contained in the above concentration easily dissolves uniformly in the entire positive electrode active material 100, and thus contributes to stabilization of the crystal structure of the internal 100b in particular. Further, when divalent nickel is present in the internal 100b, there is a possibility that a divalent additive element, for example, magnesium, which is randomly and dilutely present in lithium sites, can be present more stably in the vicinity thereof. Therefore, the elution of magnesium can be suppressed even after charging and discharging at a high voltage. Therefore, the charge / discharge cycle characteristics can be improved. As described above, when both the effect of nickel on the internal 100b and the effect of magnesium, aluminum, titanium, fluorine and the like on the surface layer portion 100a are combined, it is extremely effective in stabilizing the crystal structure at the time of high voltage charging.
- the number of aluminum atoms contained in the positive electrode active material of one aspect of the present invention is preferably 0.05% or more and 4% or less, preferably 0.1% or more and 2% or less, and 0.3% or more 1 of the atomic number of cobalt. More preferably, it is 5.5% or less. Alternatively, it is preferably 0.05% or more and 2% or less. Alternatively, 0.1% or more and 4% or less are preferable.
- the concentration of aluminum shown here may be, for example, a value obtained by elemental analysis of the entire particles of the positive electrode active material using GD-MS, ICP-MS, or the like, or a raw material in the process of producing the positive electrode active material. It may be based on the value of the formulation.
- the positive electrode active material of one aspect of the present invention preferably has an element W, and it is preferable to use phosphorus as the element W. Further, it is more preferable that the positive electrode active material of one aspect of the present invention has a compound containing phosphorus and oxygen.
- the positive electrode active material of one aspect of the present invention has a compound containing the element W, a short circuit may be suppressed when a high voltage charging state is maintained.
- hydrogen fluoride generated by decomposition of the electrolytic solution may react with phosphorus to reduce the hydrogen fluoride concentration in the electrolytic solution. is there.
- hydrogen fluoride When the electrolytic solution has LiPF 6 , hydrogen fluoride may be generated by hydrolysis. Further, hydrogen fluoride may be generated by the reaction between PVDF used as a component of the positive electrode and an alkali. By reducing the hydrogen fluoride concentration in the charged liquid, it may be possible to suppress corrosion of the current collector and peeling of the coating film. In addition, it may be possible to suppress a decrease in adhesiveness due to gelation or insolubilization of PVDF.
- the stability in a high voltage charging state is extremely high.
- the element X is phosphorus
- the atomic number of phosphorus is preferably 1% or more and 20% or less, more preferably 2% or more and 10% or less, and further preferably 3% or more and 8% or less of the atomic number of cobalt.
- it is preferably 1% or more and 10% or less.
- it is preferably 1% or more and 8% or less.
- it is preferably 2% or more and 20% or less.
- it is preferably 2% or more and 8% or less.
- it is preferably 3% or more and 20% or less.
- the atomic number of magnesium is preferably 0.1% or more and 10% or less, more preferably 0.5% or more and 5% or less, and more preferably 0.7% or more and 4% or less of the atomic number of cobalt.
- 0.1% or more and 5% or less are preferable.
- 0.1% or more and 4% or less are preferable.
- 0.5% or more and 10% or less are preferable.
- 0.5% or more and 4% or less are preferable.
- it is preferably 0.7% or more and 10% or less.
- it is preferably 0.7% or more and 5% or less.
- concentrations of phosphorus and magnesium shown here may be values obtained by elemental analysis of the entire particles of the positive electrode active material using, for example, ICP-MS or the like, or the blending of the raw materials in the process of producing the positive electrode active material. It may be based on a value.
- the positive electrode active material may have cracks.
- the progress of cracks may be suppressed by the presence of phosphorus, more specifically, for example, a compound containing phosphorus and oxygen inside the positive electrode active material having the cracks as the surface.
- Magnesium is preferably distributed over the entire particles of the positive electrode active material 100 according to one aspect of the present invention, but in addition, the magnesium concentration in the surface layer portion 100a is preferably higher than the average of the entire particles. Alternatively, it is preferable that the magnesium concentration of the surface layer portion 100a is higher than the concentration of the internal 100b. For example, it is preferable that the magnesium concentration of the surface layer portion 100a measured by XPS or the like is higher than the average magnesium concentration of the entire particles measured by ICP-MS or the like. Alternatively, it is preferable that the magnesium concentration of the surface layer portion 100a measured by EDX surface analysis or the like is higher than the magnesium concentration of the internal 100b.
- the concentration of the metal in the surface layer portion 100a is determined. It is preferably higher than the average of all particles. Alternatively, it is preferable that the concentration of the metal in the surface layer portion 100a is higher than that in the internal 100b. For example, it is preferable that the concentration of an element other than cobalt in the surface layer portion 100a measured by XPS or the like is higher than the concentration of the element in the average of all the particles measured by ICP-MS or the like. Alternatively, it is preferable that the concentration of the element other than cobalt in the surface layer portion 100a measured by EDX surface analysis or the like is higher than the concentration of the element other than cobalt in the inner 100b.
- the surface layer portion is in a state where the bond is broken, and lithium is released from the surface during charging, so that the lithium concentration tends to be lower than that inside the crystal. Therefore, it is a part where the crystal structure is liable to collapse because it tends to be unstable. If the magnesium concentration of the surface layer portion 100a is high, the change in the crystal structure can be suppressed more effectively. Further, when the magnesium concentration of the surface layer portion 100a is high, it can be expected that the corrosion resistance to hydrofluoric acid generated by the decomposition of the electrolytic solution is improved.
- the concentration of the surface layer portion 100a of the positive electrode active material 100 of one aspect of the present invention is higher than the average of all the particles.
- the fluorine concentration of the surface layer portion 100a is higher than the concentration of the internal 100b.
- the surface layer portion 100a of the positive electrode active material 100 preferably has a composition different from that of the inside, in which the concentration of additive elements such as magnesium and fluorine is higher than that of the inside 100b. Further, it is preferable that the composition has a stable crystal structure at room temperature (25 ° C.). Therefore, the surface layer portion 100a may have a crystal structure different from that of the internal 100b. For example, at least a part of the surface layer portion 100a of the positive electrode active material 100 according to one aspect of the present invention may have a rock salt type crystal structure. When the surface layer portion 100a and the inner 100b have different crystal structures, it is preferable that the crystal orientations of the surface layer portion 100a and the inner 100b are substantially the same.
- Layered rock salt crystals and anions of rock salt crystals have a cubic closest packed structure (face-centered cubic lattice structure). It is presumed that the anion also has a cubic closest packed structure in the O3'type crystal. When they come into contact, there is a crystal plane in which the cubic close-packed structure composed of anions is oriented in the same direction.
- the space group of layered rock salt type crystals and O3'type crystals is R-3m
- the space group of rock salt type crystals Fm-3m (space group of general rock salt type crystals) and Fd-3m (the simplest symmetry).
- the mirror index of the crystal plane satisfying the above conditions is different between the layered rock salt type crystal and the O3'type crystal and the rock salt type crystal.
- the orientations of the crystals are substantially the same when the orientations of the cubic closest packed structures composed of anions are aligned. is there.
- TEM transmission electron microscope
- STEM scanning transmission electron microscope
- HAADF-STEM high-angle scattering annular dark-field scanning transmission electron microscope
- ABF-STEM that the orientations of the crystals in the two regions are roughly the same.
- the angle formed by the repetition of the bright line and the dark line between the crystals is 5 degrees or less, more preferably 2.5 degrees or less. Can be observed. In some cases, light elements such as oxygen and fluorine cannot be clearly observed in the TEM image or the like, but in that case, the alignment of the metal elements can be used to determine the alignment.
- the surface layer portion 100a has only MgO or a structure in which MgO and CoO (II) are solid-solved, it becomes difficult to insert and remove lithium. Therefore, the surface layer portion 100a needs to have at least cobalt, also lithium in the discharged state, and have a path for inserting and removing lithium. Further, it is preferable that the concentration of cobalt is higher than that of magnesium.
- the additive element X is preferably located on the surface layer portion 100a of the particles of the positive electrode active material 100 according to one aspect of the present invention.
- the positive electrode active material 100 of one aspect of the present invention may be covered with a film having an additive element X.
- the magnesium concentration of the crystal grain boundary 101 of the positive electrode active material 100 and its vicinity is higher than that of the other regions of the inner 100b. Further, it is preferable that the fluorine concentration at the grain boundary 101 and its vicinity is also higher than that of the other regions inside 100b.
- the grain boundary 101 is one of the surface defects. Therefore, as with the particle surface, it tends to be unstable and the crystal structure tends to change. Therefore, if the magnesium concentration at and near the grain boundary 101 is high, the change in the crystal structure can be suppressed more effectively.
- the magnesium and fluorine concentrations in and near the grain boundaries are high, even if cracks occur along the grain boundaries 101 of the particles of the positive electrode active material 100 according to the present invention, the surface generated by the cracks Magnesium and fluorine concentrations increase in the vicinity. Therefore, the corrosion resistance to hydrofluoric acid can be enhanced even in the positive electrode active material after cracks have occurred.
- the vicinity of the crystal grain boundary 101 means a region from the grain boundary to about 10 nm.
- the grain boundary refers to a surface in which the arrangement of atoms changes, and can be observed with an electron microscope image. Specifically, it refers to a portion of the electron microscope image in which the angle formed by the repetition of the bright line and the dark line exceeds 5 degrees.
- the median diameter (D50) is preferably 1 ⁇ m or more and 100 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 2 ⁇ m or more and 40 ⁇ m or less, and further preferably 5 ⁇ m or more and 30 ⁇ m or less. Alternatively, it is preferably 1 ⁇ m or more and 40 ⁇ m or less.
- it is preferably 1 ⁇ m or more and 30 ⁇ m or less. Alternatively, it is preferably 2 ⁇ m or more and 100 ⁇ m or less. Alternatively, it is preferably 2 ⁇ m or more and 30 ⁇ m or less. Alternatively, it is preferably 5 ⁇ m or more and 100 ⁇ m or less. Alternatively, it is preferably 5 ⁇ m or more and 40 ⁇ m or less.
- a certain positive electrode active material is the positive electrode active material 100 of one aspect of the present invention showing an O3'type crystal structure when charged at a high voltage. It can be determined by analysis using line diffraction, neutron diffraction, electron spin resonance (ESR), nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR), or the like.
- ESR electron spin resonance
- NMR nuclear magnetic resonance
- XRD can analyze the symmetry of transition metals such as cobalt contained in the positive electrode active material with high resolution, compare the height of crystallinity and the orientation of crystals, and analyze the periodic strain and crystallite size of the lattice. It is preferable in that it is possible to obtain sufficient accuracy even if the positive electrode obtained by disassembling the secondary battery is measured as it is.
- the positive electrode active material 100 is characterized in that the crystal structure does not change much between the state of being charged with a high voltage and the state of being discharged.
- a material in which a crystal structure occupying 50 wt% or more in a state of being charged with a high voltage and having a large change from the state of being discharged is not preferable because it cannot withstand charging and discharging of a high voltage.
- the desired crystal structure may not be obtained simply by adding an additive element. For example, even if lithium cobalt oxide having magnesium and fluorine is common, the O3'type crystal structure becomes 60 wt% or more when charged at a high voltage, and the H1-3 type crystal structure becomes 50 wt%.
- the O3'type crystal structure becomes approximately 100 wt%, and when the predetermined voltage is further increased, an H1-3 type crystal structure may occur. Therefore, in order to determine whether or not the positive electrode active material 100 is one aspect of the present invention, it is necessary to analyze the crystal structure including XRD.
- the positive electrode active material charged or discharged at a high voltage may change its crystal structure when exposed to the atmosphere.
- the O3'type crystal structure may change to the H1-3 type crystal structure. Therefore, it is preferable to handle all the samples in an inert atmosphere such as an argon atmosphere.
- a coin cell (CR2032 type, diameter 20 mm, height 3.2 mm) is made of counter-polar lithium. Can be charged.
- a slurry in which a positive electrode active material, a conductive auxiliary agent, and a binder are mixed and coated on a positive electrode current collector of aluminum foil can be used.
- Lithium metal can be used as the counter electrode.
- the potential of the secondary battery and the potential of the positive electrode are different. Unless otherwise specified, the voltage and potential in the present specification and the like are the potential of the positive electrode.
- LiPF 6 lithium hexafluorophosphate
- EC ethylene carbonate
- DEC diethyl carbonate
- VC vinylene carbonate
- polypropylene having a thickness of 25 ⁇ m can be used as the separator.
- the positive electrode can and the negative electrode can, those made of stainless steel (SUS) can be used.
- SUS stainless steel
- the coin cell produced under the above conditions is constantly charged at an arbitrary voltage (for example, 4.6V, 4.65V or 4.7V) at 0.5C, and then charged at a constant voltage until the current value becomes 0.01C.
- 1C can be 137 mA / g or 200 mA / g.
- the temperature is 25 ° C.
- XRD device D8 ADVANCE manufactured by Bruker AXS X-ray source: CuK ⁇ ray output: 40KV, 40mA Slit system: Div. Slit, 0.5 ° Detector: LynxEye Scan method: 2 ⁇ / ⁇ continuous scan Measurement range (2 ⁇ ): 15 ° (degree) or more and 90 ° or less Step width (2 ⁇ ): 0.01 ° Setting counting time: 1 second / step sample table rotation: 15 rpm
- the measurement sample is powder, it can be set by putting it in a glass sample folder or sprinkling the sample on a greased silicon non-reflective plate.
- the measurement sample is a positive electrode
- the positive electrode can be attached to the substrate with double-sided tape, and the positive electrode active material layer can be set according to the measurement surface required by the apparatus.
- the ideal powder XRD pattern by CuK ⁇ 1 line calculated from the model of the O3'type crystal structure and the H1-3 type crystal structure is shown in FIGS. 5 and 7.
- an ideal XRD pattern calculated from the crystal structures of LiCoO 2 (O3) having a charging depth of 0 and CoO 2 (O1) having a charging depth of 1 is also shown.
- the pattern of LiCoO 2 (O3) and CoO 2 (O1) is one of the modules of Material Studio (BIOVIA) from the crystal structure information obtained from ICSD (Inorganic Crystal Structure Database) (see Non-Patent Document 4). It was created using the Reflex Power Diffraction.
- the pattern of the H1-3 type crystal structure was similarly prepared from the crystal structure information described in Non-Patent Document 3.
- the crystal structure was estimated from the XRD pattern of the positive electrode active material of one aspect of the present invention, and TOPAS ver. 3 (Crystal structure analysis software manufactured by Bruker) was used for fitting, and an XRD pattern was created in the same manner as the others.
- the positive electrode active material 100 has an O3'type crystal structure when charged at a high voltage, but all the particles do not have to have an O3'type crystal structure. It may contain other crystal structures or may be partially amorphous. However, when Rietveld analysis is performed on the XRD pattern, the O3'type crystal structure is preferably 50 wt% or more, more preferably 60 wt% or more, and further preferably 66 wt% or more. When the O3'type crystal structure is 50 wt% or more, more preferably 60 wt% or more, still more preferably 66 wt% or more, the positive electrode active material having sufficiently excellent cycle characteristics can be obtained.
- the O3'type crystal structure is preferably 35 wt% or more, more preferably 40 wt% or more, and 43 wt% when Rietveld analysis is performed. The above is more preferable.
- the crystallite size of the O3'type crystal structure contained in the particles of the positive electrode active material is reduced to only about 1/10 of that of LiCoO 2 (O3) in the discharged state. Therefore, even under the same XRD measurement conditions as the positive electrode before charging / discharging, a clear peak of the O3'-type crystal structure can be confirmed after high-voltage charging.
- simple LiCoO2 even if a part of the crystal structure resembles the O3'type crystal structure, the crystallite size becomes small and the peak becomes broad and small. The crystallite size can be obtained from the half width of the XRD peak.
- the influence of the Jahn-Teller effect is small.
- the positive electrode active material of one aspect of the present invention preferably has a layered rock salt type crystal structure and mainly contains cobalt as a transition metal. Further, in the positive electrode active material of one aspect of the present invention, the metal Z described above may be contained in addition to cobalt as long as the influence of the Jahn-Teller effect is small.
- XRD analysis is used to consider the range of lattice constants in which the influence of the Jahn-Teller effect is presumed to be small.
- FIG. 8 shows the results of calculating the a-axis and c-axis lattice constants using XRD when the positive electrode active material of one aspect of the present invention has a layered rock salt type crystal structure and has cobalt and nickel.
- .. 8A is the result of the a-axis
- FIG. 8B is the result of the c-axis.
- the XRD pattern used in these calculations is the powder after the synthesis of the positive electrode active material and before being incorporated into the positive electrode.
- the nickel concentration on the horizontal axis indicates the nickel concentration when the sum of the atomic numbers of cobalt and nickel is 100%.
- the positive electrode active material was prepared in the same manner as in the production method of FIG. 11 described later, except that an aluminum source was not used.
- the nickel concentration indicates the nickel concentration when the sum of the atomic numbers of cobalt and nickel in the positive electrode active material is 100%.
- FIG. 9 shows the results of estimating the a-axis and c-axis lattice constants using XRD when the positive electrode active material of one aspect of the present invention has a layered rock salt type crystal structure and has cobalt and manganese. Shown. 9A is the result of the a-axis and FIG. 9B is the result of the c-axis.
- the lattice constant shown in FIG. 9 is the powder after the synthesis of the positive electrode active material, and is based on the XRD measured before incorporating the positive electrode active material into the positive electrode.
- the manganese concentration on the horizontal axis indicates the concentration of manganese when the sum of the atomic numbers of cobalt and manganese is 100%.
- the positive electrode active material was prepared according to the production method of FIG. 11 described later, except that a manganese source was used instead of the nickel source and an aluminum source was not used.
- the manganese concentration indicates the manganese concentration when the sum of the atomic numbers of cobalt and manganese is 100% in step S21.
- FIG. 8C shows a value (a-axis / c-axis) obtained by dividing the a-axis lattice constant by the c-axis lattice constant for the positive electrode active material whose lattice constant results are shown in FIGS. 8A and 8B.
- FIG. 9C shows a value (a-axis / c-axis) obtained by dividing the a-axis lattice constant by the c-axis lattice constant for the positive electrode active material whose lattice constant results are shown in FIGS. 9A and 9B.
- the concentration of manganese is preferably 4% or less, for example.
- the above range of nickel concentration and manganese concentration does not necessarily apply to the surface layer portion 100a. That is, in the surface layer portion 100a, the concentration may be higher than the above concentration.
- the particles of the positive electrode active material in the non-charged state or the discharged state which can be estimated from the XRD pattern, have. in a layered rock-salt crystal structure, the lattice constant of a-axis is smaller than 2.814 ⁇ 10 -10 larger than m 2.817 ⁇ 10 -10 m, and a lattice constant of c-axis 14.05 ⁇ 10 -10 m it was found that preferably larger less than 14.07 ⁇ 10 -10 m.
- the state in which charging / discharging is not performed may be, for example, the state of powder before producing the positive electrode of the secondary battery.
- the value obtained by dividing the a-axis lattice constant by the c-axis lattice constant Is preferably greater than 0.20000 and less than 0.20049.
- 2 ⁇ is 18.50 ° or more and 19.30 ° or less as the first.
- a peak may be observed, and a second peak may be observed when 2 ⁇ is 38.00 ° or more and 38.80 ° or less.
- the peak appearing in the powder XRD pattern reflects the crystal structure of the inside 100b of the positive electrode active material 100, which occupies most of the volume of the positive electrode active material 100.
- the crystal structure of the surface layer portion 100a, the outermost surface layer 100c, and the like can be analyzed by electron diffraction or the like of the cross section of the positive electrode active material 100.
- ⁇ XPS ⁇ In X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS), it is possible to analyze a region from the surface to a depth of about 2 to 8 nm (usually 5 nm or less), so that the concentration of each element is quantitatively measured in about half of the surface layer 100a. Can be analyzed. In addition, narrow scan analysis can be used to analyze the bonding state of elements. The quantification accuracy of XPS is often about ⁇ 1 atomic%, and the lower limit of detection is about 1 atomic% depending on the element.
- the number of atoms of the additive element is preferably 1.6 times or more and 6.0 times or less of the number of atoms of the transition metal M, and is 1.8 times or more and 4 times. More preferably less than 0.0 times.
- the atomic number of magnesium is preferably 1.6 times or more and 6.0 times or less of the atomic number of cobalt, and more preferably 1.8 times or more and less than 4.0 times.
- the number of atoms of the halogen such as fluorine is preferably 0.2 times or more and 6.0 times or less, and more preferably 1.2 times or more and 4.0 times or less the number of atoms of the transition metal M.
- monochromatic aluminum can be used as the X-ray source.
- the take-out angle may be, for example, 45 °.
- it can be measured with the following devices and conditions.
- the peak showing the binding energy between fluorine and other elements is preferably 682 eV or more and less than 685 eV, and more preferably about 684.3 eV. .. This is a value different from both the binding energy of lithium fluoride, 685 eV, and the binding energy of magnesium fluoride, 686 eV. That is, when the positive electrode active material 100 of one aspect of the present invention has fluorine, it is preferably a bond other than lithium fluoride and magnesium fluoride.
- the peak showing the binding energy of magnesium and other elements is preferably 1302 eV or more and less than 1304 eV, and more preferably about 1303 eV. This is a value different from the binding energy of magnesium fluoride of 1305 eV, which is close to the binding energy of magnesium oxide. That is, when the positive electrode active material 100 of one aspect of the present invention has magnesium, it is preferably a bond other than magnesium fluoride.
- Additive elements that are preferably abundant in the surface layer 100a such as magnesium and aluminum, have concentrations measured by XPS or the like such as ICP-MS (inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry) or GD-MS (glow discharge mass spectrometry). ) Etc., preferably higher than the concentration measured.
- the concentration of the surface layer portion 100a is higher than the concentration of the internal 100b.
- the processing can be performed by, for example, FIB (Focused Ion Beam).
- the number of magnesium atoms is preferably 0.4 times or more and 1.5 times or less the number of cobalt atoms.
- the ratio Mg / Co of the atomic number of magnesium as analyzed by ICP-MS is preferably 0.001 or more and 0.06 or less.
- the nickel contained in the transition metal M is not unevenly distributed in the surface layer portion 100a but is distributed in the entire positive electrode active material 100. However, this does not apply when there is a region where the above-mentioned additive elements are unevenly distributed.
- the positive electrode active material according to one aspect of the present invention preferably has cobalt and nickel as transition metals and magnesium as an additive element.
- some Co 3+ is replaced with Ni 2+ and some Li + is replaced with Mg 2+.
- the Ni 2+ may be reduced to Ni 3+ .
- some Li + may be replaced with Mg 2+ , and the nearby Co 3+ may be reduced to Co 2+ accordingly .
- some Co 3+ may be replaced with Mg 2+ , and the neighboring Co 3+ may be oxidized to Co 4+ accordingly .
- the positive electrode active material according to one aspect of the present invention preferably has any one or more of Ni 2+ , Ni 3+ , Co 2+ and Co 4+.
- the spin density due to any one or more of Ni 2+ , Ni 3+ , Co 2+ and Co 4+ per weight of the positive electrode active material is 2.0 ⁇ 10 17 spins / g or more 1.0 ⁇ 10 21 spins /. It is preferably g or less.
- the crystal structure is particularly stable in the charged state, which is preferable. If the magnesium concentration is too high, the spin density due to any one or more of Ni 2+ , Ni 3+ , Co 2+ and Co 4+ may be low.
- the spin density in the positive electrode active material can be analyzed by using, for example, an electron spin resonance method (ESR) or the like.
- ESR electron spin resonance method
- ⁇ EPMA ⁇ EPMA Electro Probe Microanalysis
- the concentration of each element may differ from the measurement results using other analytical methods.
- the concentration of the additive present in the surface layer portion may be lower than the result of XPS.
- the concentration of the additive present on the surface layer may be higher than the result of ICP-MS or the value of the blending of the raw materials in the process of producing the positive electrode active material.
- the cross section of the positive electrode active material 100 of one aspect of the present invention is subjected to EPMA surface analysis, it is preferable to have a concentration gradient in which the concentration of the additive element increases from the inside toward the surface layer portion. More specifically, as shown in FIG. 1C1, magnesium, fluorine, titanium, and silicon preferably have a concentration gradient that increases from the inside toward the surface. Further, as shown in FIG. 2C2, it is preferable that aluminum has a concentration peak in a region deeper than the concentration peak of the above element. The peak of the aluminum concentration may be present in the surface layer portion or may be deeper than the surface layer portion.
- the surface and surface layer of the positive electrode active material according to one aspect of the present invention do not contain carbonic acid, hydroxy groups, etc. chemically adsorbed after the positive electrode active material is produced. Further, it does not include an electrolytic solution, a binder, a conductive material, or a compound derived from these, which adheres to the surface of the positive electrode active material. Therefore, when quantifying the elements contained in the positive electrode active material, corrections may be made to exclude carbon, hydrogen, excess oxygen, excess fluorine, etc. that can be detected by surface analysis such as XPS and EPMA.
- the positive electrode active material 100 preferably has a smooth surface and few irregularities.
- the smooth surface and few irregularities is one factor indicating that the distribution of additive elements in the surface layer portion 100a is good.
- the smooth surface and less unevenness can be determined from, for example, a cross-sectional SEM image or a cross-sectional TEM image of the positive electrode active material 100, a specific surface area of the positive electrode active material 100, and the like.
- the smoothness of the surface can be quantified from the cross-sectional SEM image of the positive electrode active material 100 as follows.
- the positive electrode active material 100 is processed by FIB or the like to expose the cross section. At this time, it is preferable to cover the positive electrode active material 100 with a protective film, a protective agent, or the like.
- a protective film, a protective agent, or the like is photographed.
- interface extraction is performed with image processing software. Further, the interface line between the protective film or the like and the positive electrode active material 100 is selected by an automatic selection tool or the like, and the data is extracted by spreadsheet software or the like.
- this surface roughness is the surface roughness of the positive electrode active material at least at 400 nm on the outer circumference of the particles.
- the roughness (RMS: root mean square surface roughness), which is an index of roughness, is less than 3 nm, preferably less than 1 nm, and more preferably less than 0.5 nm squared.
- the mean square root surface roughness (RMS) is preferred.
- the image processing software that performs noise processing, interface extraction, and the like is not particularly limited, but for example, "ImageJ" can be used.
- the spreadsheet software and the like are not particularly limited, but for example, Microsoft Office Excel can be used.
- the actual specific surface area A R measured by gas adsorption method by constant volume method, also from the ratio of the ideal specific surface area A i, that quantify the smoothness of the surface of the positive electrode active material 100 it can.
- the ideal specific surface area A i is the same diameter of all particles with D50, the weight is the same, the shape obtained by calculation as an ideal sphere.
- the median diameter D50 can be measured by a particle size distribution meter or the like using a laser diffraction / scattering method.
- the specific surface area can be measured by, for example, a specific surface area measuring device using a gas adsorption method based on a constant volume method.
- the positive electrode active material 100 it is preferable and the ideal specific surface area A i determined from the median diameter D50, the ratio A R / A i of the actual specific surface area A R is 2.1 or less ..
- This embodiment can be used in combination with other embodiments.
- a lithium source and a transition metal M source are prepared as materials for the composite oxide (LiMO 2 ) having lithium, a transition metal M, and oxygen.
- lithium source for example, lithium carbonate, lithium fluoride, lithium hydroxide, lithium oxide and the like can be used.
- the transition metal M it is preferable to use a metal capable of forming a layered rock salt type composite oxide belonging to the space group R-3m together with lithium.
- a metal capable of forming a layered rock salt type composite oxide belonging to the space group R-3m together with lithium for example, at least one of manganese, cobalt and nickel can be used. That is, as the transition metal M source, only cobalt may be used, only nickel may be used, two types of cobalt and manganese, or two types of cobalt and nickel may be used, and cobalt, manganese, and nickel may be used. 3 types may be used.
- the mixing ratio of cobalt, manganese, and nickel within a range capable of forming a layered rock salt type crystal structure is preferable. Further, aluminum may be added to these transition metals as long as a layered rock salt type crystal structure can be obtained.
- transition metal M source oxides, hydroxides, etc. of the above metals exemplified as the transition metal M can be used.
- cobalt source for example, cobalt oxide, cobalt hydroxide and the like can be used.
- manganese source manganese oxide, manganese hydroxide and the like can be used.
- nickel source nickel oxide, nickel hydroxide or the like can be used.
- aluminum source aluminum oxide, aluminum hydroxide, or the like can be used.
- step S12 the above lithium source and transition metal M source are mixed.
- Mixing can be done dry or wet.
- a ball mill, a bead mill or the like can be used for mixing.
- zirconia balls it is preferable to use zirconia balls as the pulverizing medium, for example.
- step S13 the materials mixed above are heated.
- This step may be referred to as firing or first heating to distinguish it from the subsequent heating step.
- the heating is preferably performed at 800 ° C. or higher and lower than 1100 ° C., more preferably 900 ° C. or higher and 1000 ° C. or lower, and further preferably about 950 ° C. Alternatively, it is preferably 800 ° C. or higher and 1000 ° C. or lower. Alternatively, 900 ° C. or higher and 1100 ° C. or lower are preferable. If the temperature is too low, the decomposition and melting of the lithium source and the transition metal M source may be insufficient.
- the heating time can be, for example, 1 hour or more and 100 hours or less, and preferably 2 hours or more and 20 hours or less. Alternatively, it is preferably 1 hour or more and 20 hours or less. Alternatively, it is preferably 2 hours or more and 100 hours or less. The shorter the heating time, the more productive and preferable.
- the firing is preferably performed in an atmosphere such as dry air where there is little water (for example, a dew point of ⁇ 50 ° C. or lower, more preferably ⁇ 100 ° C. or lower).
- the heating is performed at 1000 ° C. for 10 hours, the temperature rise is 200 ° C./h, and the flow rate in a dry atmosphere is 10 L / min.
- the heated material can then be cooled to room temperature (25 ° C.).
- the temperature lowering time from the specified temperature to room temperature is 10 hours or more and 50 hours or less.
- cooling to room temperature in step S13 is not essential. If there is no problem in performing the subsequent steps S41 to S44, the cooling may be performed at a temperature higher than room temperature.
- step S14 the material calcined above is recovered to obtain a composite oxide (LiMO 2) having lithium, a transition metal M, and oxygen.
- a composite oxide LiMO 2
- lithium cobalt oxide, lithium manganate, lithium nickel oxide, lithium cobalt oxide in which part of cobalt is replaced with manganese, lithium cobalt oxide in which part of cobalt is replaced with nickel, or nickel-manganese- Obtain lithium cobalt oxide and the like.
- step S14 a composite oxide having lithium, a transition metal M and oxygen previously synthesized may be used. In this case, steps S11 to S13 can be omitted.
- lithium cobalt oxide particles (trade name: CellSeed C-10N) manufactured by Nippon Chemical Industrial Co., Ltd. can be used as the composite oxide synthesized in advance.
- This has a median diameter (D50) of about 12 ⁇ m, and in the impurity analysis by glow discharge mass spectrometry (GD-MS), the magnesium concentration and fluorine concentration are 50 ppm wt or less, and the calcium concentration, aluminum concentration and silicon concentration are 100 ppm wt or less.
- Lithium cobaltate having a nickel concentration of 150 ppm wt or less, a sulfur concentration of 500 ppm wt or less, an arsenic concentration of 1100 ppm wt or less, and other element concentrations other than lithium, cobalt and oxygen of 150 ppm wt or less.
- lithium cobalt oxide particles (trade name: CellSeed C-5H) manufactured by Nippon Chemical Industrial Co., Ltd. can also be used. This is lithium cobalt oxide having a median diameter (D50) of about 6.5 ⁇ m and an element concentration other than lithium, cobalt and oxygen in the impurity analysis by GD-MS, which is about the same as or less than C-10N. ..
- cobalt is used as the metal M, and pre-synthesized lithium cobalt oxide particles (CellSeed C-10N manufactured by Nippon Chemical Industrial Co., Ltd.) are used.
- a halogen source such as a fluorine source or a chlorine source and a magnesium source are prepared as materials for the mixture 902. It is also preferable to prepare a lithium source.
- fluorine source examples include lithium fluoride (LiF), magnesium fluoride (MgF 2 ), aluminum fluoride (AlF 3 ), titanium fluoride (TiF 4 ), cobalt fluoride (CoF 2 , CoF 3 ), and fluorine.
- the fluorine source is not limited to solids, for example, fluorine (F 2 ), carbon fluoride, sulfur fluoride, oxygen fluoride (OF 2 , O 2 F 2 , O 3 F 2 , O 4 F 2 , O 2 F). Or the like may be mixed in the atmosphere in the heating step described later. Further, a plurality of fluorine sources may be mixed and used. Among them, lithium fluoride is preferable because it has a relatively low melting point of 848 ° C. among solid fluorine sources and is easily melted in the annealing step described later.
- magnesium source for example, magnesium fluoride, magnesium oxide, magnesium hydroxide, magnesium carbonate and the like can be used.
- lithium source for example, lithium fluoride or lithium carbonate can be used. That is, lithium fluoride can be used as both a lithium source and a fluorine source. Magnesium fluoride can be used as both a fluorine source and a magnesium source.
- lithium fluoride LiF is prepared as a fluorine source
- magnesium fluoride MgF 2 is prepared as a fluorine source and a magnesium source.
- LiF: MgF 2 65:35 (molar ratio)
- the effect of lowering the melting point is highest.
- the amount of lithium fluoride increases, there is a concern that the amount of lithium becomes excessive and the cycle characteristics deteriorate.
- the term "neighborhood" means a value larger than 0.9 times and smaller than 1.1 times the value.
- a solvent is prepared.
- ketones such as acetone, alcohols such as ethanol and isopropanol, ethers such as diethyl ether, dioxane, acetonitrile, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP) and the like can be used. It is more preferable to use an aprotic solvent that does not easily react with lithium. In this embodiment, acetone is used.
- step S22 the material of the above mixture 902 is mixed and pulverized.
- Mixing can be done dry or wet, but wet is preferred as it can be pulverized to a smaller size.
- a ball mill, a bead mill or the like can be used for mixing.
- zirconia balls it is preferable to use zirconia balls as the pulverizing medium, for example. It is preferable that the mixing and pulverization steps are sufficiently performed to pulverize the mixture 902.
- step S23 the material mixed and pulverized above is recovered to obtain a mixture 902.
- the mixture 902 preferably has a D50 (median diameter) of, for example, 600 nm or more and 20 ⁇ m or less, and more preferably 1 ⁇ m or more and 10 ⁇ m or less. Alternatively, it is preferably 600 nm or more and 10 ⁇ m or less. Alternatively, it is preferably 1 ⁇ m or more and 20 ⁇ m or less.
- the mixture 902 pulverized in this way tends to uniformly adhere the mixture 902 to the surface of the particles of the composite oxide when mixed with the composite oxide having lithium, transition metal M and oxygen in a later step. ..
- the mixture 902 is uniformly adhered to the surface of the composite oxide particles because halogen and magnesium are easily distributed on the surface layer of the composite oxide particles after heating. If there is a region on the surface layer that does not contain halogen and magnesium, it may be difficult to form an O3'type crystal structure described later in the charged state.
- step S41 the LiMO 2 obtained in step S14 and the mixture 902 are mixed.
- the mixing in step S31 is preferably made under milder conditions than the mixing in step S12 so as not to destroy the particles of the composite oxide.
- the number of revolutions is smaller or the time is shorter than the mixing in step S12.
- the dry type is a condition in which the particles are less likely to be destroyed than the wet type.
- a ball mill, a bead mill or the like can be used for mixing.
- zirconia balls it is preferable to use zirconia balls as the pulverizing medium, for example.
- step S42 the material mixed above is recovered to obtain a mixture 903.
- the present embodiment describes a method of adding a mixture of lithium fluoride and magnesium fluoride to lithium cobalt oxide having few impurities
- one aspect of the present invention is not limited to this.
- a starting material of lithium cobalt oxide to which a magnesium source, a fluorine source, or the like is added and calcined may be used. In this case, since it is not necessary to separate the steps of steps S11 to S14 and the steps of steps S21 to S23, it is simple and highly productive.
- lithium cobalt oxide to which magnesium and fluorine have been added in advance may be used. If lithium cobalt oxide to which magnesium and fluorine are added is used, the steps up to step S42 can be omitted, which is more convenient.
- a magnesium source and a fluorine source may be further added to lithium cobalt oxide to which magnesium and fluorine have been added in advance.
- step S43 the mixture 903 is heated in an oxygen-containing atmosphere.
- the heating is more preferably a heating having an effect of suppressing sticking so that the particles of the mixture 903 do not stick to each other.
- This step may be called annealing to distinguish it from the previous heating step.
- Examples of the heating having the effect of suppressing sticking include heating while stirring the mixture 903 and heating while vibrating the container containing the mixture 903.
- the heating temperature in step S43 needs to be equal to or higher than the temperature at which the reaction between LiMO 2 and the mixture 902 proceeds.
- the temperature at which the reaction proceeds here may be any temperature at which mutual diffusion of the elements contained in LiMO 2 and the mixture 902 occurs. Therefore, it may be lower than the melting temperature of these materials. For example, in oxides, solid phase diffusion occurs from 0.757 times the melting temperature T m (Tanman temperature T d). Therefore, for example, when LiMO 2 is LiCoO 2 , the melting point of LiCoO 2 is 1130 ° C., so the temperature in step S43 may be 500 ° C. or higher.
- the temperature is higher than the temperature at which at least a part of the mixture 903 is melted because the reaction proceeds more easily. Therefore, the annealing temperature is preferably equal to or higher than the co-melting point of the mixture 902.
- the co-melting point of LiF and MgF 2 is around 742 ° C., so that the temperature in step S43 is preferably 742 ° C. or higher.
- the annealing temperature is more preferably 830 ° C. or higher.
- the annealing temperature must be equal to or lower than the decomposition temperature of LiMO 2 (1130 ° C. in the case of LiCoO 2). Further, at a temperature near the decomposition temperature, there is a concern that LiMO 2 may be decomposed, although the amount is small. Therefore, the annealing temperature is preferably 1130 ° C. or lower, more preferably 1000 ° C. or lower, further preferably 950 ° C. or lower, and further preferably 900 ° C. or lower.
- the annealing temperature is preferably 500 ° C. or higher and 1130 ° C. or lower, more preferably 500 ° C. or higher and 1000 ° C. or lower, further preferably 500 ° C. or higher and 950 ° C. or lower, and further preferably 500 ° C. or higher and 900 ° C. or lower.
- 742 ° C. or higher and 1130 ° C. or lower is preferable, 742 ° C. or higher and 1000 ° C. or lower is more preferable, 742 ° C. or higher and 950 ° C. or lower is further preferable, and 742 ° C. or higher and 900 ° C. or lower is further preferable.
- 830 ° C. or higher and 1130 ° C. or lower is preferable, 830 ° C. or higher and 1000 ° C. or lower is more preferable, 830 ° C. or higher and 950 ° C. or lower is further preferable, and 830 ° C. or higher and 900 ° C. or lower is further preferable.
- some materials for example, lithium fluoride, which is a fluorine source, functions as a flux.
- the annealing temperature can be lowered to the decomposition temperature of LiMO 2 or less, for example, 742 ° C or higher and 950 ° C or lower, and additives such as magnesium can be distributed on the surface layer to prepare a positive electrode active material having good characteristics. ..
- the mixture 903 in an atmosphere containing lithium fluoride, that is, to heat the mixture 903 in a state where the partial pressure of lithium fluoride in the heating furnace is high. By such heating, volatilization of lithium fluoride in the mixture 903 can be suppressed.
- Annealing is preferably performed at an appropriate time.
- the appropriate annealing time varies depending on conditions such as the annealing temperature, the particle size and composition of LiMO 2 in step S14. Smaller particles may be more preferred at lower temperatures or shorter times than larger particles.
- the annealing temperature is preferably, for example, 600 ° C. or higher and 950 ° C. or lower.
- the annealing time is, for example, preferably 3 hours or more, more preferably 10 hours or more, and even more preferably 60 hours or more.
- the annealing temperature is preferably, for example, 600 ° C. or higher and 950 ° C. or lower.
- the annealing time is, for example, preferably 1 hour or more and 10 hours or less, and more preferably about 2 hours.
- the temperature lowering time after annealing is preferably, for example, 10 hours or more and 50 hours or less.
- step S44 the material annealed above can be recovered to prepare the positive electrode active material 100. At this time, it is preferable to further sift the recovered particles. By sieving, if the positive electrode active materials 100 are stuck to each other, this can be eliminated.
- FIG. 10 Next, a production method different from that of FIG. 10 will be described with reference to FIGS. 11 to 14. Since there are many parts in common with FIG. 10, the different parts will be mainly described. For the common parts, the explanation of FIG. 10 can be taken into consideration.
- step S14 a production method for mixing the LiMO 2 obtained in step S14 and the mixture 902 in step S41 has been described, but one aspect of the present invention is not limited to this. As shown in steps S31 and S32 of FIGS. 11 to 14, other additive elements may be further mixed.
- additive element for example, one or more selected from nickel, aluminum, manganese, titanium, zirconium, vanadium, iron, chromium, niobium, cobalt, arsenic, zinc, silicon, sulfur, phosphorus and boron can be used.
- 11 to 14 show an example in which two kinds of nickel source and aluminum source are used as additive elements in step S31 and step S32.
- the oxides, hydroxides, fluorides and the like of each element in the form of fine powder.
- the pulverization can be performed, for example, in a wet manner.
- the nickel source and the aluminum source can be mixed in step S42 at the same time as the mixture 902. Since this method has a small number of annealings, it is highly productive and preferable.
- a plurality of additive sources may be mixed in different steps.
- the nickel source can be mixed in step S61-1 and the aluminum source can be mixed in step S61-2.
- the mixing method can be changed.
- nickel hydroxide is used as a nickel source and mixed by a solid phase method
- aluminum alkoxide is used as an aluminum source and mixed by a sol-gel method.
- the sol-gel method can be carried out, for example, as follows.
- the additive element alkoxide is dissolved in alcohol.
- the alcohol group contained in the alkoxide of the additive element preferably has 1 to 18 carbon atoms, and the carbon may be substituted or unsubstituted.
- aluminum alkoxide aluminum isopropoxide, aluminum butoxide, aluminum ethoxyde and the like can be used.
- the solvent alcohol for example, methanol, ethanol, propanol, 2-propanol, butanol, 2-butanol can be used. It is preferable to use an alcohol of the same type as the alkoxy group of the additive element.
- the amount of water contained in the solvent is preferably 3% by volume or less, more preferably 0.3% by volume or less.
- the object to be treated is mixed with an alcohol solution of the additive element alkoxide, and the mixture is stirred in an atmosphere containing water vapor.
- annealing may be performed a plurality of times as step S53 and step S55, and the sticking suppression operation step S54 may be performed between them.
- the annealing conditions of steps S53 and S55 can take into account the description of step S43.
- Examples of the sticking suppressing operation include crushing with a pestle, mixing with a ball mill, mixing with a rotation / revolution mixer, sieving, and vibrating a container containing a composite oxide.
- LiMO 2 and the mixture 902 may be mixed in step S41 and annealed, and then the nickel source and the aluminum source may be mixed in step S61. This is referred to as the mixture 904.
- the mixture 904 is reannealed as step S63. As for the annealing conditions, the description in step S43 can be taken into consideration.
- the step of introducing the additive element may be replaced.
- the mixture 901 having a nickel source and an aluminum source and LiMO 2 may be mixed first, annealed in step S43, and then mixed with the mixture 902 having a magnesium source and a fluorine source. ..
- the concentration of the additive element can be increased in the surface layer portion as compared with the inside of the particle.
- the ratio of the number of atoms of the additive element to the reference can be made higher in the surface layer portion than in the inside.
- This embodiment can be used in combination with other embodiments.
- the positive electrode has a positive electrode active material layer and a positive electrode current collector.
- the positive electrode active material layer has a positive electrode active material, and may have a conductive material and a binder.
- As the positive electrode active material a positive electrode active material prepared by using the manufacturing method described in the previous embodiment is used.
- the positive electrode active material described in the previous embodiment may be mixed with another positive electrode active material.
- positive electrode active materials include, for example, an olivine type crystal structure, a layered rock salt type crystal structure, a composite oxide having a spinel type crystal structure, and the like.
- examples thereof include compounds such as LiFePO 4 , LiFeO 2 , LiNiO 2 , LiMn 2 O 4 , V 2 O 5 , Cr 2 O 5 , and MnO 2.
- lithium nickelate LiNiO 2 or LiNi 1-x M x O 2 (0 ⁇ x ⁇ 1) is added to a lithium-containing material having a spinel-type crystal structure containing manganese such as LiMn 2 O 4 as another positive electrode active material.
- LiMn 2 O 4 LiMn 2 O 4
- M Co, Al, etc.
- a lithium manganese composite oxide represented by the composition formula Lia Mn b Mc Od can be used as another positive electrode active material.
- the element M a metal element selected from other than lithium and manganese, or silicon and phosphorus are preferably used, and nickel is more preferable.
- the composition of the metal, silicon, phosphorus, etc. of the entire particles of the lithium manganese composite oxide can be measured using, for example, ICP-MS (inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometer).
- the oxygen composition of the entire particles of the lithium manganese composite oxide can be measured by using, for example, EDX (Energy Dispersive X-ray Analysis Method). Further, it can be obtained by using the valence evaluation of the molten gas analysis and the XAFS (X-ray absorption fine structure) analysis in combination with the ICPMS analysis.
- the lithium manganese composite oxide refers to an oxide containing at least lithium and manganese, and includes chromium, cobalt, aluminum, nickel, iron, magnesium, molybdenum, zinc, indium, gallium, copper, titanium, niobium, and silicon. It may contain at least one element selected from the group consisting of and phosphorus and the like.
- FIG. 16A shows a vertical cross-sectional view of the active material layer 200.
- the active material layer 200 includes a granular positive electrode active material 100, graphene or graphene compound 201 as a conductive material, and a binder (not shown).
- the graphene compound 201 refers to multi-layer graphene, multi-graphene, graphene oxide, multi-layer graphene, multi-graphene, reduced graphene oxide, reduced multi-layer graphene oxide, reduced multi-graphene oxide, graphene quantum. Including dots and the like.
- the graphene compound has carbon, has a flat plate shape, a sheet shape, or the like, and has a two-dimensional structure formed by a carbon 6-membered ring. The two-dimensional structure formed by the carbon 6-membered ring may be called a carbon sheet.
- the graphene compound may have a functional group. Further, the graphene compound preferably has a bent shape. The graphene compound may also be curled up into carbon nanofibers.
- graphene oxide refers to a graphene oxide having carbon and oxygen, having a sheet-like shape, and having a functional group, particularly an epoxy group, a carboxy group or a hydroxy group.
- reduced graphene oxide refers to graphene oxide having carbon and oxygen, having a sheet-like shape, and having a two-dimensional structure formed by a carbon 6-membered ring. It may be called a carbon sheet. Although one reduced graphene oxide functions, a plurality of reduced graphene oxides may be laminated.
- the reduced graphene oxide preferably has a portion having a carbon concentration of more than 80 atomic% and an oxygen concentration of 2 atomic% or more and 15 atomic% or less. By setting such carbon concentration and oxygen concentration, it is possible to function as a highly conductive conductive material even in a small amount.
- the reduced graphene oxide preferably has an intensity ratio G / D of G band and D band of 1 or more in the Raman spectrum.
- the reduced graphene oxide having such a strength ratio can function as a highly conductive conductive material even in a small amount.
- Graphene compounds may have excellent electrical properties such as high conductivity and excellent physical properties such as high flexibility and high mechanical strength.
- the graphene compound has a sheet-like shape.
- Graphene compounds may have curved surfaces, allowing surface contact with low contact resistance. Further, even if it is thin, the conductivity may be very high, and a conductive path can be efficiently formed in the active material layer with a small amount. Therefore, by using the graphene compound as the conductive material, the contact area between the active material and the conductive material can be increased. It is preferable that the graphene compound clings to at least a part of the active material particles. Also, it is preferable that the graphene compound is overlaid on at least a part of the active material particles.
- the shape of the graphene compound matches at least a part of the shape of the active material particles.
- the shape of the active material particles refers to, for example, the unevenness of a single active material particle or the unevenness formed by a plurality of active material particles.
- the graphene compound surrounds at least a part of the active material particles. Further, the graphene compound may have holes.
- active material particles having a small particle size for example, active material particles having a particle size of 1 ⁇ m or less are used, the specific surface area of the active material particles is large, and more conductive paths connecting the active material particles are required. In such a case, it is preferable to use a graphene compound that can efficiently form a conductive path even in a small amount.
- a graphene compound as a conductive material for a secondary battery that requires rapid charging and rapid discharging.
- a secondary battery for a two-wheeled or four-wheeled vehicle, a secondary battery for a drone, or the like may be required to have quick charge and quick discharge characteristics.
- quick charging characteristics may be required for mobile electronic devices and the like.
- Fast charging and fast discharging can be referred to as high-rate charging and high-rate discharging. For example, it refers to charging and discharging of 1C, 2C, or 5C or more.
- the sheet-shaped graphene or graphene compound 201 is dispersed substantially uniformly inside the active material layer 200.
- graphene or graphene compound 201 is schematically represented by a thick line, but it is actually a thin film having a thickness of a single layer or multiple layers of carbon molecules. Since the plurality of graphenes or graphene compounds 201 are formed so as to partially cover the plurality of granular positive electrode active materials 100 or to stick to the surface of the plurality of granular positive electrode active materials 100, they come into surface contact with each other. ing.
- a network-like graphene compound sheet (hereinafter referred to as graphene compound net or graphene net) can be formed by binding a plurality of graphene or graphene compounds to each other.
- the graphene net can also function as a binder that binds the active materials to each other. Therefore, since the amount of the binder can be reduced or not used, the ratio of the active material to the electrode volume and the electrode weight can be improved. That is, the charge / discharge capacity of the secondary battery can be increased.
- graphene oxide as graphene or graphene compound 201, mix it with an active material to form a layer to be an active material layer 200, and then reduce it. That is, it is preferable that the finished active material layer has reduced graphene acid.
- graphene oxide having extremely high dispersibility in a polar solvent for forming graphene or graphene compound 201 graphene or graphene compound 201 can be dispersed substantially uniformly inside the active material layer 200.
- the graphene or graphene compound 201 remaining in the active material layer 200 partially overlaps and is dispersed to such an extent that they come into surface contact with each other. By doing so, a three-dimensional conductive path can be formed.
- the graphene oxide may be reduced, for example, by heat treatment or by using a reducing agent.
- graphene or graphene compound 201 enables surface contact with low contact resistance, and therefore, it is granular in a smaller amount than a normal conductive material.
- the electrical conductivity between the positive electrode active material 100 and graphene or graphene compound 201 can be improved. Therefore, the ratio of the positive electrode active material 100 in the active material layer 200 can be increased. As a result, the discharge capacity of the secondary battery can be increased.
- a spray-drying device in advance, it is possible to cover the entire surface of the active material to form a graphene compound as a conductive material as a film, and further to form a conductive path between the active materials with the graphene compound.
- the graphene compound may be mixed with the material used for forming the graphene compound and used for the active material layer 200.
- particles used as a catalyst in forming a graphene compound may be mixed with the graphene compound.
- the catalyst for forming the graphene compound include particles having silicon oxide (SiO 2 , SiO x (x ⁇ 2)), aluminum oxide, iron, nickel, ruthenium, iridium, platinum, copper, germanium and the like. ..
- the particles preferably have a D50 of 1 ⁇ m or less, and more preferably 100 nm or less.
- binder for example, it is preferable to use a rubber material such as styrene-butadiene rubber (SBR), styrene-isoprene-styrene rubber, acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber, butadiene rubber, or ethylene-propylene-diene copolymer. Further, fluororubber can be used as the binder.
- SBR styrene-butadiene rubber
- fluororubber can be used as the binder.
- the binder for example, it is preferable to use a water-soluble polymer.
- a water-soluble polymer for example, a polysaccharide or the like can be used.
- the polysaccharide cellulose derivatives such as carboxymethyl cellulose (CMC), methyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, diacetyl cellulose and regenerated cellulose, starch and the like can be used. Further, it is more preferable to use these water-soluble polymers in combination with the above-mentioned rubber material.
- the binder includes polystyrene, methyl polyacrylate, polymethyl methacrylate (polymethyl methacrylate, PMMA), sodium polyacrylate, polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), polyethylene oxide (PEO), polypropylene oxide, polyimide, polyvinyl chloride.
- PVA polyvinyl alcohol
- PEO polyethylene oxide
- PEO polypropylene oxide
- polyimide polyvinyl chloride.
- Polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, polypropylene, polyisobutylene, polyethylene terephthalate, nylon, polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF), polyacrylonitrile (PAN), ethylenepropylene diene polymer, polyvinyl acetate, nitrocellulose and the like are preferably used. ..
- the binder may be used in combination of a plurality of the above.
- a material having a particularly excellent viscosity adjusting effect may be used in combination with another material.
- a rubber material or the like has excellent adhesive strength and elastic strength, but it may be difficult to adjust the viscosity when mixed with a solvent. In such a case, for example, it is preferable to mix with a material having a particularly excellent viscosity adjusting effect.
- a material having a particularly excellent viscosity adjusting effect for example, a water-soluble polymer may be used.
- the water-soluble polymer having a particularly excellent viscosity adjusting effect the above-mentioned polysaccharides such as carboxymethyl cellulose (CMC), methyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose and cellulose derivatives such as diacetyl cellulose and regenerated cellulose, and starch are used. be able to.
- CMC carboxymethyl cellulose
- methyl cellulose methyl cellulose
- ethyl cellulose methyl cellulose
- hydroxypropyl cellulose hydroxypropyl cellulose
- cellulose derivatives such as diacetyl cellulose and regenerated cellulose
- the solubility of the cellulose derivative such as carboxymethyl cellulose is increased by using a salt such as a sodium salt or an ammonium salt of carboxymethyl cellulose, and the effect as a viscosity adjusting agent is easily exhibited.
- a salt such as a sodium salt or an ammonium salt of carboxymethyl cellulose
- the cellulose and the cellulose derivative used as the binder of the electrode include salts thereof.
- the water-soluble polymer stabilizes its viscosity by being dissolved in water, and can stably disperse an active material and other materials to be combined as a binder, such as styrene-butadiene rubber, in an aqueous solution. Further, since it has a functional group, it is expected that it can be easily stably adsorbed on the surface of the active material. In addition, many cellulose derivatives such as carboxymethyl cellulose have functional groups such as hydroxyl groups and carboxyl groups, and because they have functional groups, the polymers interact with each other and exist widely covering the surface of the active material. There is expected.
- the immobile membrane is a membrane having no electrical conductivity or a membrane having extremely low electrical conductivity.
- the battery reaction potential may be changed. Decomposition of the electrolytic solution can be suppressed. Further, it is more desirable that the passivation membrane suppresses the conductivity of electricity and can conduct lithium ions.
- the current collector a material having high conductivity such as a metal such as stainless steel, gold, platinum, aluminum, and titanium, and an alloy thereof can be used. Further, it is preferable that the material used for the positive electrode current collector does not elute at the potential of the positive electrode. Further, an aluminum alloy to which an element for improving heat resistance such as silicon, titanium, neodymium, scandium, and molybdenum is added can be used. Further, it may be formed of a metal element that reacts with silicon to form VDD.
- metal elements that react with silicon to form silicide include zirconium, titanium, hafnium, vanadium, niobium, tantalum, chromium, molybdenum, tungsten, cobalt, nickel and the like.
- a foil-like shape, a plate-like shape, a sheet-like shape, a net-like shape, a punching metal-like shape, an expanded metal-like shape, or the like can be appropriately used. It is preferable to use a current collector having a thickness of 5 ⁇ m or more and 30 ⁇ m or less.
- the negative electrode has a negative electrode active material layer and a negative electrode current collector. Further, the negative electrode active material layer may have a conductive material and a binder.
- Negative electrode active material for example, an alloy-based material, a carbon-based material, or the like can be used.
- an element capable of performing a charge / discharge reaction by an alloying / dealloying reaction with lithium can be used.
- a material containing at least one of silicon, tin, gallium, aluminum, germanium, lead, antimony, bismuth, silver, zinc, cadmium, indium and the like can be used.
- Such an element has a larger charge / discharge capacity than carbon, and in particular, silicon has a large theoretical capacity of 4200 mAh / g. Therefore, it is preferable to use silicon as the negative electrode active material. Moreover, you may use the compound which has these elements.
- an element capable of performing a charge / discharge reaction by an alloying / dealloying reaction with lithium, a compound having the element, and the like may be referred to as an alloy-based material.
- SiO refers to, for example, silicon monoxide.
- SiO can also be expressed as SiO x.
- x preferably has a value in the vicinity of 1.
- x is preferably 0.2 or more and 1.5 or less, and more preferably 0.3 or more and 1.2 or less.
- it is preferably 0.2 or more and 1.2 or less.
- it is preferably 0.3 or more and 1.5 or less.
- graphite graphitizable carbon (soft carbon), graphitizable carbon (hard carbon), carbon nanotubes, graphene, carbon black and the like may be used.
- Examples of graphite include artificial graphite and natural graphite.
- Examples of artificial graphite include mesocarbon microbeads (MCMB), coke-based artificial graphite, and pitch-based artificial graphite.
- MCMB mesocarbon microbeads
- the artificial graphite spheroidal graphite having a spherical shape can be used.
- MCMB may have a spherical shape, which is preferable.
- MCMB is relatively easy to reduce its surface area and may be preferable.
- Examples of natural graphite include scaly graphite and spheroidized natural graphite.
- Graphite exhibits a potential as low as lithium metal when lithium ions are inserted into graphite (during the formation of a lithium-graphite intercalation compound) (0.05 V or more and 0.3 V or less vs. Li / Li +). As a result, the lithium ion secondary battery can exhibit a high operating voltage. Further, graphite is preferable because it has advantages such as relatively high charge / discharge capacity per unit volume, relatively small volume expansion, low cost, and high safety as compared with lithium metal.
- titanium dioxide TiO 2
- lithium titanium oxide Li 4 Ti 5 O 12
- lithium-graphite interlayer compound Li x C 6
- niobium pentoxide Nb 2 O 5
- Oxides such as tungsten (WO 2 ) and molybdenum oxide (MoO 2 ) can be used.
- Li 2.6 Co 0.4 N 3 shows a large charge / discharge capacity (900 mAh / g, 1890 mAh / cm 3 ) and is preferable.
- lithium ions are contained in the negative electrode active material, so that it can be combined with materials such as V 2 O 5 and Cr 3 O 8 which do not contain lithium ions as the positive electrode active material, which is preferable. .. Even when a material containing lithium ions is used as the positive electrode active material, a double nitride of lithium and a transition metal can be used as the negative electrode active material by desorbing the lithium ions contained in the positive electrode active material in advance.
- a material that causes a conversion reaction can also be used as the negative electrode active material.
- a transition metal oxide that does not form an alloy with lithium such as cobalt oxide (CoO), nickel oxide (NiO), and iron oxide (FeO)
- CoO cobalt oxide
- NiO nickel oxide
- FeO iron oxide
- oxides such as Fe 2 O 3 , CuO, Cu 2 O, RuO 2 , Cr 2 O 3 , sulfides such as CoS 0.89 , NiS, and CuS, and Zn 3 N 2 , Cu 3 N, Ge 3 N 4 or the like nitride, NiP 2, FeP 2, CoP 3 etc. phosphide, also at the FeF 3, BiF 3 fluoride and the like.
- the same material as the conductive material and the binder that the positive electrode active material layer can have can be used.
- the same material as the positive electrode current collector can be used for the negative electrode current collector.
- the negative electrode current collector preferably uses a material that does not alloy with carrier ions such as lithium.
- the electrolytic solution has a solvent and an electrolyte.
- the solvent of the electrolytic solution is preferably an aproton organic solvent, for example, ethylene carbonate (EC), propylene carbonate (PC), butylene carbonate, chloroethylene carbonate, vinylene carbonate, ⁇ -butylolactone, ⁇ -valerolactone, dimethyl carbonate.
- DMC diethyl carbonate
- DEC diethyl carbonate
- EMC ethyl methyl carbonate
- methyl formate methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, methyl propionate, ethyl propionate, propyl propionate, methyl butyrate, 1,3-dioxane, 1,4 -Use one of dioxane, dimethoxyethane (DME), dimethyl sulfoxide, diethyl ether, methyl diglyme, acetonitrile, benzonitrile, tetrahydrofuran, sulfolane, sulton, etc., or two or more of them in any combination and ratio. be able to.
- Ionic liquids consist of cations and anions, including organic cations and anions.
- organic cation used in the electrolytic solution include aliphatic onium cations such as quaternary ammonium cations, tertiary sulfonium cations, and quaternary phosphonium cations, and aromatic cations such as imidazolium cations and pyridinium cations.
- monovalent amide anion monovalent methide anion, fluorosulfonic acid anion, perfluoroalkyl sulfonic acid anion, tetrafluoroborate anion, perfluoroalkyl borate anion, hexafluorophosphate anion. , Or perfluoroalkyl phosphate anion and the like.
- the electrolytic solution used for the secondary battery it is preferable to use a highly purified electrolytic solution having a small content of elements other than granular dust and constituent elements of the electrolytic solution (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “impurities”).
- the weight ratio of impurities to the electrolytic solution is preferably 1% or less, preferably 0.1% or less, and more preferably 0.01% or less.
- Additives may be added.
- concentration of the material to be added may be, for example, 0.1 wt% or more and 5 wt% or less with respect to the entire solvent.
- VC or LiBOB is particularly preferable because it tends to form a good film.
- a polymer gel electrolyte obtained by swelling the polymer with an electrolytic solution may be used.
- the secondary battery can be made thinner and lighter.
- silicone gel acrylic gel, acrylonitrile gel, polyethylene oxide gel, polypropylene oxide gel, fluoropolymer gel and the like can be used.
- polymer for example, a polymer having a polyalkylene oxide structure such as polyethylene oxide (PEO), PVDF, polyacrylonitrile, etc., and a copolymer containing them can be used.
- PEO polyethylene oxide
- PVDF-HFP which is a copolymer of PVDF and hexafluoropropylene (HFP)
- the polymer to be formed may have a porous shape.
- a solid electrolyte having an inorganic material such as a sulfide type or an oxide type, or a solid electrolyte having a polymer material such as PEO (polyethylene oxide) type can be used.
- PEO polyethylene oxide
- the secondary battery preferably has a separator.
- a separator for example, paper, non-woven fabric, glass fiber, ceramics, or one formed of nylon (polyamide), vinylon (polyvinyl alcohol-based fiber), polyester, acrylic, polyolefin, synthetic fiber using polyurethane, etc. shall be used. Can be done. It is preferable that the separator is processed into an envelope shape and arranged so as to wrap either the positive electrode or the negative electrode.
- the separator may have a multi-layer structure.
- an organic material film such as polypropylene or polyethylene can be coated with a ceramic material, a fluorine material, a polyamide material, or a mixture thereof.
- the ceramic material for example, aluminum oxide particles, silicon oxide particles and the like can be used.
- the fluorine-based material for example, PVDF, polytetrafluoroethylene and the like can be used.
- the polyamide-based material for example, nylon, aramid (meth-based aramid, para-based aramid) and the like can be used.
- the oxidation resistance is improved by coating with a ceramic material, deterioration of the separator during high voltage charging / discharging can be suppressed, and the reliability of the secondary battery can be improved. Further, when a fluorine-based material is coated, the separator and the electrode are easily brought into close contact with each other, and the output characteristics can be improved. Coating a polyamide-based material, particularly aramid, improves heat resistance and thus can improve the safety of the secondary battery.
- a mixed material of aluminum oxide and aramid may be coated on both sides of a polypropylene film.
- the surface of the polypropylene film in contact with the positive electrode may be coated with a mixed material of aluminum oxide and aramid, and the surface in contact with the negative electrode may be coated with a fluorine-based material.
- the safety of the secondary battery can be maintained even if the thickness of the entire separator is thin, so that the charge / discharge capacity per volume of the secondary battery can be increased.
- the exterior body of the secondary battery for example, a metal material such as aluminum or a resin material can be used. Moreover, a film-like exterior body can also be used. As the film, for example, a metal thin film having excellent flexibility such as aluminum, stainless steel, copper, and nickel is provided on a film made of a material such as polyethylene, polypropylene, polycarbonate, ionomer, and polyamide, and an exterior is further formed on the metal thin film. A film having a three-layer structure provided with an insulating synthetic resin film such as a polyamide resin or a polyester resin can be used as the outer surface of the body.
- the secondary battery 400 of one aspect of the present invention has a positive electrode 410, a solid electrolyte layer 420, and a negative electrode 430.
- the positive electrode 410 has a positive electrode current collector 413 and a positive electrode active material layer 414.
- the positive electrode active material layer 414 has a positive electrode active material 411 and a solid electrolyte 421.
- As the positive electrode active material 411 a positive electrode active material prepared by using the manufacturing method described in the previous embodiment is used. Further, the positive electrode active material layer 414 may have a conductive auxiliary agent and a binder.
- the solid electrolyte layer 420 has a solid electrolyte 421.
- the solid electrolyte layer 420 is located between the positive electrode 410 and the negative electrode 430, and is a region having neither the positive electrode active material 411 nor the negative electrode active material 431.
- the negative electrode 430 has a negative electrode current collector 433 and a negative electrode active material layer 434.
- the negative electrode active material layer 434 has a negative electrode active material 431 and a solid electrolyte 421. Further, the negative electrode active material layer 434 may have a conductive auxiliary agent and a binder.
- metallic lithium is used for the negative electrode 430, the negative electrode 430 does not have the solid electrolyte 421 as shown in FIG. 17B. It is preferable to use metallic lithium for the negative electrode 430 because the energy density of the secondary battery 400 can be improved.
- solid electrolyte 421 of the solid electrolyte layer 420 for example, a sulfide-based solid electrolyte, an oxide-based solid electrolyte, a halide-based solid electrolyte, or the like can be used.
- Sulfide-based solid electrolytes include thiosilicon- based (Li 10 GeP 2 S 12 , Li 3.25 Ge 0.25 P 0.75 S 4, etc.) and sulfide glass (70Li 2 S / 30P 2 S 5 , 30 Li). 2 S ⁇ 26B 2 S 3 ⁇ 44LiI, 63Li 2 S ⁇ 38SiS 2 ⁇ 1Li 3 PO 4, 57Li 2 S ⁇ 38SiS 2 ⁇ 5Li 4 SiO 4, 50Li 2 S ⁇ 50GeS 2 , etc.), sulfide crystallized glass (Li 7 P 3 S 11 , Li 3.25 P 0.95 S 4 etc.) are included. Sulfide-based solid electrolytes have advantages such as having a material having high conductivity, being able to be synthesized at a low temperature, and being relatively soft so that the conductive path can be easily maintained even after charging and discharging.
- Oxide-based solid electrolytes include materials having a perovskite-type crystal structure (La 2 / 3-x Li 3x TIO 3, etc.) and materials having a NASICON-type crystal structure (Li 1-X Al X Ti 2-X (PO 4).
- Oxide-based solid electrolytes have the advantage of being stable in the atmosphere.
- the halide-based solid electrolyte includes LiAlCl 4 , Li 3 InBr 6 , LiF, LiCl, LiBr, LiI and the like. Further, a composite material in which the pores of porous aluminum oxide or porous silica are filled with these halide-based solid electrolytes can also be used as the solid electrolyte.
- Li 1 + x Al x Ti 2-x (PO 4 ) 3 (0 ⁇ x ⁇ 1) (hereinafter referred to as LATP) having a NASICON type crystal structure is a secondary battery 400 of one aspect of the present invention, which is aluminum and titanium. Since the positive electrode active material used in the above contains elements that may be contained, a synergistic effect can be expected for improving the cycle characteristics, which is preferable. In addition, productivity can be expected to improve by reducing the number of processes.
- the NASICON type crystal structure is a compound represented by M 2 (XO 4 ) 3 (M: transition metal, X: S, P, As, Mo, W, etc.), and is MO 6 It refers to having an octahedral and XO 4 tetrahedra are arranged three-dimensionally share vertices structure.
- the exterior body of the secondary battery 400 As the exterior body of the secondary battery 400 according to one aspect of the present invention, various materials and shapes can be used, but it is preferable that the exterior body has a function of pressurizing the positive electrode, the solid electrolyte layer, and the negative electrode.
- FIG. 18 is an example of a cell for evaluating the material of an all-solid-state battery.
- FIG. 18A is a schematic cross-sectional view of the evaluation cell.
- the evaluation cell has a lower member 761 and an upper member 762, and a fixing screw and a wing nut 764 for fixing them.
- the evaluation material is fixed by pressing the plate 753.
- An insulator 766 is provided between the lower member 761 made of a stainless steel material and the upper member 762. Further, an O-ring 765 for sealing is provided between the upper member 762 and the pressing screw 763.
- FIG. 18B is an enlarged perspective view of the periphery of the evaluation material.
- FIG. 18C As an evaluation material, an example of laminating a positive electrode 750a, a solid electrolyte layer 750b, and a negative electrode 750c is shown, and a cross-sectional view is shown in FIG. 18C.
- the same reference numerals are used for the same parts in FIGS. 18A, 18B, and 18C.
- the electrode plate 751 and the lower member 761 electrically connected to the positive electrode 750a correspond to the positive electrode terminals. It can be said that the electrode plate 753 and the upper member 762 that are electrically connected to the negative electrode 750c correspond to the negative electrode terminals.
- the electrical resistance and the like can be measured while pressing the evaluation material through the electrode plate 751 and the electrode plate 753.
- a package having excellent airtightness for the exterior body of the secondary battery according to one aspect of the present invention For example, a ceramic package or a resin package can be used. Further, when sealing the exterior body, it is preferable to shut off the outside air and perform it in a closed atmosphere, for example, in a glove box.
- FIG. 19A shows a perspective view of a secondary battery of one aspect of the present invention having an exterior body and a shape different from that of FIG.
- the secondary battery of FIG. 19A has external electrodes 771 and 772, and is sealed with an exterior body having a plurality of package members.
- FIG. 19B An example of a cross section cut by a dashed line in FIG. 19A is shown in FIG. 19B.
- the laminate having a positive electrode 750a, a solid electrolyte layer 750b, and a negative electrode 750c is a package member 770a having an electrode layer 773a provided on a flat plate, a frame-shaped package member 770b, and a package member 770c provided with an electrode layer 773b on a flat plate. It has a sealed structure surrounded by. Insulating materials such as resin materials and ceramics can be used for the package members 770a, 770b, and 770c.
- the external electrode 771 is electrically connected to the positive electrode 750a via the electrode layer 773a and functions as a positive electrode terminal. Further, the external electrode 772 is electrically connected to the negative electrode 750c via the electrode layer 773b and functions as a negative electrode terminal.
- This embodiment can be used in combination with other embodiments as appropriate.
- FIG. 20A is an external view of a coin-type (single-layer flat type) secondary battery
- FIG. 20B is a cross-sectional view thereof.
- a positive electrode can 301 that also serves as a positive electrode terminal and a negative electrode can 302 that also serves as a negative electrode terminal are insulated and sealed with a gasket 303 that is made of polypropylene or the like.
- the positive electrode 304 is formed by a positive electrode current collector 305 and a positive electrode active material layer 306 provided in contact with the positive electrode current collector 305.
- the negative electrode 307 is formed by a negative electrode current collector 308 and a negative electrode active material layer 309 provided in contact with the negative electrode current collector 308.
- the positive electrode 304 and the negative electrode 307 used in the coin-type secondary battery 300 may have an active material layer formed on only one side thereof.
- the positive electrode can 301 and the negative electrode can 302 metals such as nickel, aluminum, and titanium that are corrosion resistant to the electrolytic solution, or alloys thereof or alloys of these and other metals (for example, stainless steel) may be used. it can. Further, in order to prevent corrosion by the electrolytic solution, it is preferable to coat with nickel, aluminum or the like.
- the positive electrode can 301 is electrically connected to the positive electrode 304
- the negative electrode can 302 is electrically connected to the negative electrode 307.
- the electrolyte is impregnated with the negative electrode 307, the positive electrode 304, and the separator 310, and as shown in FIG. 20B, the positive electrode 304, the separator 310, the negative electrode 307, and the negative electrode can 302 are laminated in this order with the positive electrode can 301 facing down, and the positive electrode can The 301 and the negative electrode can 302 are crimped via the gasket 303 to manufacture a coin-shaped secondary battery 300.
- a coin-type secondary battery 300 having a high charge / discharge capacity and excellent cycle characteristics can be obtained.
- the flow of current when charging the secondary battery will be described with reference to FIG. 20C.
- a secondary battery using lithium is regarded as one closed circuit, the movement of lithium ions and the flow of current are in the same direction.
- the anode (anode) and the cathode (cathode) are exchanged by charging and discharging, and the oxidation reaction and the reduction reaction are exchanged. Therefore, an electrode having a high reaction potential is called a positive electrode.
- An electrode having a low reaction potential is called a negative electrode. Therefore, in the present specification, the positive electrode is the "positive electrode” or “positive electrode” regardless of whether the battery is being charged, discharged, a reverse pulse current is applied, or a charging current is applied.
- the negative electrode is referred to as the "positive electrode” and the negative electrode is referred to as the "negative electrode” or the "-pole (negative electrode)".
- anode (anode) and cathode (cathode) related to the oxidation reaction and the reduction reaction are used, the charging and discharging are reversed, which may cause confusion. Therefore, the terms anode (anode) and cathode (cathode) are not used herein. If the terms anode (anode) and cathode (cathode) are used, specify whether they are charging or discharging, and also indicate whether they correspond to the positive electrode (positive electrode) or the negative electrode (negative electrode). To do.
- a charger is connected to the two terminals shown in FIG. 20C, and the secondary battery 300 is charged. As the charging of the secondary battery 300 progresses, the potential difference between the electrodes increases.
- FIG. 21A An external view of the cylindrical secondary battery 600 is shown in FIG. 21A.
- FIG. 21B is a diagram schematically showing a cross section of the cylindrical secondary battery 600.
- the cylindrical secondary battery 600 has a positive electrode cap (battery lid) 601 on the upper surface and a battery can (outer can) 602 on the side surface and the bottom surface.
- the positive electrode cap and the battery can (outer can) 602 are insulated by a gasket (insulating packing) 610.
- a battery element in which a strip-shaped positive electrode 604 and a negative electrode 606 are wound with a separator 605 sandwiched between them is provided inside the hollow cylindrical battery can 602.
- the battery element is wound around the center pin.
- One end of the battery can 602 is closed and the other end is open.
- a metal such as nickel, aluminum, or titanium having corrosion resistance to an electrolytic solution, or an alloy thereof or an alloy between these and another metal (for example, stainless steel or the like) can be used. .. Further, in order to prevent corrosion by the electrolytic solution, it is preferable to coat the battery can 602 with nickel, aluminum or the like.
- the battery element in which the positive electrode, the negative electrode, and the separator are wound is sandwiched between a pair of insulating plates 608 and 609 facing each other. Further, a non-aqueous electrolytic solution (not shown) is injected into the inside of the battery can 602 provided with the battery element.
- the non-aqueous electrolyte solution the same one as that of a coin-type secondary battery can be used.
- a positive electrode terminal (positive electrode current collecting lead) 603 is connected to the positive electrode 604, and a negative electrode terminal (negative electrode current collecting lead) 607 is connected to the negative electrode 606.
- a metal material such as aluminum can be used for both the positive electrode terminal 603 and the negative electrode terminal 607.
- the positive electrode terminal 603 is resistance welded to the safety valve mechanism 612, and the negative electrode terminal 607 is resistance welded to the bottom of the battery can 602.
- the safety valve mechanism 612 is electrically connected to the positive electrode cap 601 via a PTC element (Positive Temperature Coefficient) 611.
- the safety valve mechanism 612 disconnects the electrical connection between the positive electrode cap 601 and the positive electrode 604 when the increase in the internal pressure of the battery exceeds a predetermined threshold value.
- the PTC element 611 is a heat-sensitive resistance element whose resistance increases when the temperature rises, and the amount of current is limited by the increase in resistance to prevent abnormal heat generation.
- Barium titanate (BaTIO 3 ) -based semiconductor ceramics or the like can be used as the PTC element.
- a plurality of secondary batteries 600 may be sandwiched between the conductive plate 613 and the conductive plate 614 to form the module 615.
- the plurality of secondary batteries 600 may be connected in parallel, may be connected in series, or may be connected in parallel and then further connected in series.
- FIG. 21D is a top view of the module 615.
- the conductive plate 613 is shown by a dotted line for clarity.
- the module 615 may have conductors 616 that electrically connect a plurality of secondary batteries 600.
- a conductive plate can be superposed on the conducting wire 616.
- the temperature control device 617 may be provided between the plurality of secondary batteries 600. When the secondary battery 600 is overheated, it can be cooled by the temperature control device 617, and when the secondary battery 600 is too cold, it can be heated by the temperature control device 617. Therefore, the performance of the module 615 is less affected by the outside air temperature.
- the heat medium included in the temperature control device 617 preferably has insulating properties and nonflammability.
- the battery pack includes a secondary battery 913 and a circuit board 900.
- the secondary battery 913 is connected to the antenna 914 via the circuit board 900.
- a label 910 is affixed to the secondary battery 913.
- the secondary battery 913 is connected to the terminal 951 and the terminal 952.
- the circuit board 900 is fixed by a seal 915.
- the circuit board 900 has a terminal 911 and a circuit 912.
- Terminal 911 is connected to terminal 951, terminal 952, antenna 914, and circuit 912.
- a plurality of terminals 911 may be provided, and each of the plurality of terminals 911 may be used as a control signal input terminal, a power supply terminal, or the like.
- the circuit 912 may be provided on the back surface of the circuit board 900.
- the antenna 914 is not limited to a coil shape, and may be, for example, a linear shape or a plate shape. Further, antennas such as a flat antenna, an open surface antenna, a traveling wave antenna, an EH antenna, a magnetic field antenna, and a dielectric antenna may be used. Alternatively, the antenna 914 may be a flat conductor. This flat conductor can function as one of the conductors for electric field coupling. That is, the antenna 914 may function as one of the two conductors of the capacitor. As a result, electric power can be exchanged not only by an electromagnetic field and a magnetic field but also by an electric field.
- the battery pack has a layer 916 between the antenna 914 and the secondary battery 913.
- the layer 916 has a function capable of shielding the electromagnetic field generated by the secondary battery 913, for example.
- a magnetic material can be used as the layer 916.
- the structure of the battery pack is not limited to FIG. 22.
- antennas may be provided on each of the pair of facing surfaces of the secondary battery 913 shown in FIGS. 22A and 22B.
- FIG. 23A is an external view showing one of the pair of surfaces
- FIG. 23A is an external view showing the other of the pair of surfaces.
- the description of the secondary battery shown in FIGS. 22A and 22B can be appropriately incorporated.
- the antenna 914 is provided on one side of the pair of surfaces of the secondary battery 913 with the layer 916 interposed therebetween, and as shown in FIG. 23B, the layer 917 is provided on the other side of the pair of surfaces of the secondary battery 913.
- An antenna 918 is provided sandwiching the antenna 918.
- the layer 917 has a function capable of shielding the electromagnetic field generated by the secondary battery 913, for example.
- a magnetic material can be used as the layer 917.
- the antenna 918 has, for example, a function capable of performing data communication with an external device.
- an antenna having a shape applicable to the antenna 914 can be applied.
- a communication method between the secondary battery and other devices via the antenna 918 a response method that can be used between the secondary battery and other devices such as NFC (Near Field Communication) shall be applied. Can be done.
- the display device 920 may be provided in the secondary battery 913 shown in FIGS. 22A and 22B.
- the display device 920 is electrically connected to the terminal 911. It is not necessary to provide the label 910 in the portion where the display device 920 is provided.
- the description of the secondary battery shown in FIGS. 22A and 22B can be appropriately incorporated.
- the display device 920 may display, for example, an image showing whether or not charging is in progress, an image showing the amount of stored electricity, and the like.
- an electronic paper for example, a liquid crystal display device, an electroluminescence (also referred to as EL) display device, or the like can be used.
- the power consumption of the display device 920 can be reduced by using electronic paper.
- the sensor 921 may be provided in the secondary battery 913 shown in FIGS. 22A and 22B.
- the sensor 921 is electrically connected to the terminal 911 via the terminal 922.
- the description of the secondary battery shown in FIGS. 22A and 22B can be appropriately incorporated.
- Examples of the sensor 921 include displacement, position, speed, acceleration, angular velocity, rotation speed, distance, light, liquid, magnetism, temperature, chemical substance, voice, time, hardness, electric field, current, voltage, power, radiation, and flow rate. , Humidity, inclination, vibration, odor, or infrared rays may be measured.
- data indicating the environment in which the secondary battery is placed can be detected and stored in the memory in the circuit 912.
- the secondary battery 913 shown in FIG. 24A has a winding body 950 in which terminals 951 and 952 are provided inside the housing 930.
- the wound body 950 is impregnated with the electrolytic solution inside the housing 930.
- the terminal 952 is in contact with the housing 930, and the terminal 951 is not in contact with the housing 930 by using an insulating material or the like.
- the housing 930 is shown separately for convenience, but in reality, the winding body 950 is covered with the housing 930, and the terminals 951 and 952 extend outside the housing 930.
- a metal material for example, aluminum
- a resin material can be used as the housing 930.
- the housing 930 shown in FIG. 24A may be formed of a plurality of materials.
- the housing 930a and the housing 930b are bonded to each other, and the winding body 950 is provided in the region surrounded by the housing 930a and the housing 930b.
- an insulating material such as an organic resin can be used.
- an antenna such as an antenna 914 may be provided inside the housing 930a.
- a metal material can be used as the housing 930b.
- the wound body 950 has a negative electrode 931, a positive electrode 932, and a separator 933.
- the wound body 950 is a wound body in which the negative electrode 931 and the positive electrode 932 are overlapped and laminated with the separator 933 interposed therebetween, and the laminated sheet is wound.
- a plurality of layers of the negative electrode 931, the positive electrode 932, and the separator 933 may be further laminated.
- the negative electrode 931 is connected to the terminal 911 shown in FIG. 22 via one of the terminal 951 and the terminal 952.
- the positive electrode 932 is connected to the terminal 911 shown in FIG. 22 via the other of the terminal 951 and the terminal 952.
- the laminated type secondary battery will be described with reference to FIGS. 26 to 36. If the laminated secondary battery has a flexible structure, the secondary battery can be bent according to the deformation of the electronic device if it is mounted on an electronic device having at least a part of the flexible portion. it can.
- the laminated type secondary battery 980 will be described with reference to FIG. 26.
- the laminated secondary battery 980 has a winder 993 shown in FIG. 26A.
- the wound body 993 has a negative electrode 994, a positive electrode 995, and a separator 996.
- the negative electrode 994 and the positive electrode 995 are overlapped and laminated with the separator 996 interposed therebetween, and the laminated sheet is wound.
- the number of layers of the negative electrode 994, the positive electrode 995, and the separator 996 may be appropriately designed according to the required charge / discharge capacity and the element volume.
- the negative electrode 994 is connected to the negative electrode current collector (not shown) via one of the lead electrode 997 and the lead electrode 998
- the positive electrode 995 is connected to the positive electrode current collector (not shown) via the other of the lead electrode 997 and the lead electrode 998. Is connected to.
- the above-mentioned winding body 993 is housed in a space formed by bonding a film 981 as an exterior body and a film 982 having a recess by thermocompression bonding or the like, and is shown in FIG. 26C.
- the secondary battery 980 can be manufactured as described above.
- the wound body 993 has a lead electrode 997 and a lead electrode 998, and is impregnated with an electrolytic solution inside the film 981 and the film 982 having a recess.
- a metal material such as aluminum or a resin material can be used. If a resin material is used as the material of the film 981 and the film 982 having the recesses, the film 981 and the film 982 having the recesses can be deformed when an external force is applied to produce a flexible storage battery. be able to.
- FIGS. 26B and 26C show an example in which two films are used, a space may be formed by bending one film, and the above-mentioned winding body 993 may be stored in the space.
- a secondary battery 980 having a high charge / discharge capacity and excellent cycle characteristics can be obtained.
- the secondary battery 980 having a wound body in the space formed by the film serving as the exterior body has been described.
- the space formed by the film serving as the exterior body may be formed. It may be a secondary battery having a plurality of strip-shaped positive electrodes, separators and negative electrodes.
- the laminated type secondary battery 500 shown in FIG. 27A includes a positive electrode 503 having a positive electrode current collector 501 and a positive electrode active material layer 502, a negative electrode 506 having a negative electrode current collector 504 and a negative electrode active material layer 505, and a separator 507. , Electrolyte 508, and exterior body 509. A separator 507 is installed between the positive electrode 503 and the negative electrode 506 provided in the exterior body 509. Further, the inside of the exterior body 509 is filled with the electrolytic solution 508. As the electrolytic solution 508, the electrolytic solution shown in the third embodiment can be used.
- the positive electrode current collector 501 and the negative electrode current collector 504 also serve as terminals for obtaining electrical contact with the outside. Therefore, a part of the positive electrode current collector 501 and the negative electrode current collector 504 may be arranged so as to be exposed to the outside from the exterior body 509. Further, the positive electrode current collector 501 and the negative electrode current collector 504 are not exposed to the outside from the exterior body 509, and the lead electrode is ultrasonically bonded to the positive electrode current collector 501 or the negative electrode current collector 504 using a lead electrode. The lead electrode may be exposed to the outside.
- the exterior body 509 has a highly flexible metal such as aluminum, stainless steel, copper, and nickel on a film made of a material such as polyethylene, polypropylene, polycarbonate, ionomer, and polyamide.
- a three-layer structure laminate film in which a thin film is provided and an insulating synthetic resin film such as a polyamide resin or a polyester resin is provided on the metal thin film as the outer surface of the exterior body can be used.
- FIG. 27B an example of the cross-sectional structure of the laminated secondary battery 500 is shown in FIG. 27B.
- FIG. 27A shows an example of being composed of two current collectors for simplicity, it is actually composed of a plurality of electrode layers as shown in FIG. 27B.
- the number of electrode layers is 16 as an example. Even if the number of electrode layers is 16, the secondary battery 500 has flexibility.
- FIG. 27B shows a structure in which the negative electrode current collector 504 has eight layers and the positive electrode current collector 501 has eight layers, for a total of 16 layers. Note that FIG. 27B shows a cross section of the negative electrode extraction portion, in which eight layers of negative electrode current collectors 504 are ultrasonically bonded.
- the number of electrode layers is not limited to 16, and may be large or small. When the number of electrode layers is large, a secondary battery having a larger charge / discharge capacity can be used. Further, when the number of electrode layers is small, the thickness can be reduced and a secondary battery having excellent flexibility can be obtained.
- FIGS. 28 and 29 an example of an external view of the laminated type secondary battery 500 is shown in FIGS. 28 and 29.
- 28 and 29 have a positive electrode 503, a negative electrode 506, a separator 507, an exterior body 509, a positive electrode lead electrode 510, and a negative electrode lead electrode 511.
- FIG. 30A shows an external view of the positive electrode 503 and the negative electrode 506.
- the positive electrode 503 has a positive electrode current collector 501, and the positive electrode active material layer 502 is formed on the surface of the positive electrode current collector 501. Further, the positive electrode 503 has a region (hereinafter, referred to as a tab region) in which the positive electrode current collector 501 is partially exposed.
- the negative electrode 506 has a negative electrode current collector 504, and the negative electrode active material layer 505 is formed on the surface of the negative electrode current collector 504. Further, the negative electrode 506 has a region where the negative electrode current collector 504 is partially exposed, that is, a tab region.
- the area and shape of the tab region of the positive electrode and the negative electrode are not limited to the example shown in FIG. 30A.
- FIG. 30B shows the negative electrode 506, the separator 507, and the positive electrode 503 laminated.
- an example in which 5 sets of negative electrodes and 4 sets of positive electrodes are used is shown.
- the tab regions of the positive electrode 503 are joined to each other, and the positive electrode lead electrode 510 is joined to the tab region of the positive electrode on the outermost surface.
- bonding for example, ultrasonic welding or the like may be used.
- the tab regions of the negative electrode 506 are bonded to each other, and the negative electrode lead electrode 511 is bonded to the tab region of the negative electrode on the outermost surface.
- the negative electrode 506, the separator 507, and the positive electrode 503 are arranged on the exterior body 509.
- the exterior body 509 is bent at the portion shown by the broken line. After that, the outer peripheral portion of the exterior body 509 is joined. For example, thermocompression bonding may be used for joining. At this time, a region (hereinafter, referred to as an introduction port) that is not joined to a part (or one side) of the exterior body 509 is provided so that the electrolytic solution 508 can be put in later.
- an introduction port a region that is not joined to a part (or one side) of the exterior body 509 is provided so that the electrolytic solution 508 can be put in later.
- the electrolytic solution 508 (not shown) is introduced into the exterior body 509 from the introduction port provided in the exterior body 509.
- the electrolytic solution 508 is preferably introduced in a reduced pressure atmosphere or an inert atmosphere.
- the inlet is joined. In this way, the laminated type secondary battery 500 can be manufactured.
- an all-solid-state battery by applying a predetermined pressure in the stacking direction of the laminated positive electrodes and negative electrodes, it is possible to maintain a good contact state of the interface inside.
- a predetermined pressure in the stacking direction of the positive electrode and the negative electrode expansion in the stacking direction due to charging / discharging of the all-solid-state battery can be suppressed, and the reliability of the all-solid-state battery can be improved.
- This embodiment can be used in combination with other embodiments as appropriate.
- FIGS. 31A to 31G show examples of mounting a bendable secondary battery in an electronic device described in the previous embodiment.
- Electronic devices to which bendable secondary batteries are applied include, for example, television devices (also called televisions or television receivers), monitors for computers, digital cameras, digital video cameras, digital photo frames, mobile phones. (Also referred to as a mobile phone or a mobile phone device), a portable game machine, a mobile information terminal, a sound reproduction device, a large game machine such as a pachinko machine, and the like.
- a rechargeable battery having a flexible shape along the inner or outer wall of a house or building, or along the curved surface of the interior or exterior of an automobile.
- FIG. 31A shows an example of a mobile phone.
- the mobile phone 7400 includes an operation button 7403, an external connection port 7404, a speaker 7405, a microphone 7406, and the like, in addition to the display unit 7402 incorporated in the housing 7401.
- the mobile phone 7400 has a secondary battery 7407.
- the secondary battery of one aspect of the present invention it is possible to provide a lightweight and long-life mobile phone.
- FIG. 31B shows a curved state of the mobile phone 7400.
- the secondary battery 7407 provided inside the mobile phone 7400 is also bent.
- the state of the bent secondary battery 7407 is shown in FIG. 31C.
- the secondary battery 7407 is a thin storage battery.
- the secondary battery 7407 is fixed in a bent state.
- the secondary battery 7407 has a lead electrode electrically connected to the current collector.
- the current collector is a copper foil, which is partially alloyed with gallium to improve the adhesion to the active material layer in contact with the current collector, and the reliability of the secondary battery 7407 in a bent state is improved. It has a high composition.
- FIG. 31D shows an example of a bangle type display device.
- the portable display device 7100 includes a housing 7101, a display unit 7102, an operation button 7103, and a secondary battery 7104.
- FIG. 31E shows the state of the bent secondary battery 7104.
- the housing is deformed and the curvature of a part or all of the secondary battery 7104 changes.
- the degree of bending at an arbitrary point of the curve is represented by the value of the radius of the corresponding circle, which is called the radius of curvature, and the reciprocal of the radius of curvature is called the curvature.
- a part or all of the main surface of the housing or the secondary battery 7104 changes within the range of the radius of curvature of 40 mm or more and 150 mm or less. High reliability can be maintained as long as the radius of curvature on the main surface of the secondary battery 7104 is in the range of 40 mm or more and 150 mm or less.
- a lightweight and long-life portable display device can be provided.
- FIG. 31F shows an example of a wristwatch-type portable information terminal.
- the mobile information terminal 7200 includes a housing 7201, a display unit 7202, a band 7203, a buckle 7204, an operation button 7205, an input / output terminal 7206, and the like.
- the personal digital assistant 7200 can execute various applications such as mobile phone, e-mail, text viewing and creation, music playback, Internet communication, and computer games.
- the display unit 7202 is provided with a curved display surface, and can display along the curved display surface. Further, the display unit 7202 is provided with a touch sensor and can be operated by touching the screen with a finger or a stylus. For example, the application can be started by touching the icon 7207 displayed on the display unit 7202.
- the operation button 7205 can have various functions such as power on / off operation, wireless communication on / off operation, manner mode execution / cancellation, and power saving mode execution / cancellation. ..
- the function of the operation button 7205 can be freely set by the operating system incorporated in the mobile information terminal 7200.
- the personal digital assistant 7200 can execute short-range wireless communication standardized for communication. For example, by communicating with a headset capable of wireless communication, it is possible to make a hands-free call.
- the mobile information terminal 7200 is provided with an input / output terminal 7206, and data can be directly exchanged with another information terminal via a connector. It is also possible to charge via the input / output terminal 7206. The charging operation may be performed by wireless power supply without going through the input / output terminal 7206.
- the display unit 7202 of the portable information terminal 7200 has a secondary battery according to an aspect of the present invention.
- the secondary battery of one aspect of the present invention it is possible to provide a lightweight and long-life portable information terminal.
- the secondary battery 7104 shown in FIG. 31E can be incorporated in a curved state inside the housing 7201 or in a bendable state inside the band 7203.
- the portable information terminal 7200 preferably has a sensor.
- a human body sensor such as a fingerprint sensor, a pulse sensor, or a body temperature sensor, a touch sensor, a pressure sensor, an acceleration sensor, or the like is preferably mounted.
- FIG. 31G shows an example of an armband-shaped display device.
- the display device 7300 has a display unit 7304 and has a secondary battery according to an aspect of the present invention. Further, the display device 7300 can be provided with a touch sensor in the display unit 7304, and can also function as a portable information terminal.
- the display surface of the display unit 7304 is curved, and display can be performed along the curved display surface. Further, the display device 7300 can change the display status by the communication standard short-range wireless communication or the like.
- the display device 7300 is provided with an input / output terminal, and data can be directly exchanged with another information terminal via a connector. It can also be charged via the input / output terminals.
- the charging operation may be performed by wireless power supply without going through the input / output terminals.
- the secondary battery of one aspect of the present invention as the secondary battery of the display device 7300, a lightweight and long-life display device can be provided.
- the secondary battery of one aspect of the present invention as the secondary battery in the daily electronic device, a lightweight and long-life product can be provided.
- daily electronic devices include electric toothbrushes, electric shavers, electric beauty devices, etc.
- the secondary batteries of these products are compact and lightweight with a stick-shaped shape in consideration of user-friendliness.
- a secondary battery having a large charge / discharge capacity is desired.
- FIG. 31H is a perspective view of a device also called a cigarette-containing smoking device (electronic cigarette).
- the electronic cigarette 7500 is composed of an atomizer 7501 including a heating element, a secondary battery 7504 for supplying electric power to the atomizer, and a cartridge 7502 including a liquid supply bottle and a sensor.
- a protection circuit for preventing overcharging or overdischarging of the secondary battery 7504 may be electrically connected to the secondary battery 7504.
- the secondary battery 7504 shown in FIG. 31H has an external terminal so that it can be connected to a charging device. Since the secondary battery 7504 becomes the tip portion when it is held, it is desirable that the total length is short and the weight is light. Since the secondary battery of one aspect of the present invention has a high charge / discharge capacity and good cycle characteristics, it is possible to provide a compact and lightweight electronic cigarette 7500 that can be used for a long period of time.
- FIGS. 32A and 32B show an example of a tablet terminal that can be folded in half.
- the tablet terminal 9600 shown in FIGS. 32A and 32B has a housing 9630a, a housing 9630b, a movable portion 9640 connecting the housing 9630a and the housing 9630b, a display unit 9631 having a display unit 9631a and a display unit 9631b, and a switch 9625. It has a switch 9627, a fastener 9629, and an operation switch 9628.
- FIG. 32A shows a state in which the tablet terminal 9600 is opened
- FIG. 32B shows a state in which the tablet terminal 9600 is closed.
- the tablet terminal 9600 has a power storage body 9635 inside the housing 9630a and the housing 9630b.
- the power storage body 9635 passes through the movable portion 9640 and is provided over the housing 9630a and the housing 9630b.
- the display unit 9631 can use all or a part of the area as the touch panel area, and can input data by touching an image, characters, an input form, or the like including an icon displayed in the area.
- a keyboard button may be displayed on the entire surface of the display unit 9631a on the housing 9630a side, and information such as characters and images may be displayed on the display unit 9631b on the housing 9630b side.
- the keyboard may be displayed on the display unit 9631b on the housing 9630b side, and information such as characters and images may be displayed on the display unit 9631a on the housing 9630a side.
- the keyboard display switching button on the touch panel may be displayed on the display unit 9631, and the keyboard may be displayed on the display unit 9631 by touching the button with a finger or a stylus.
- touch input can be simultaneously performed on the touch panel area of the display unit 9631a on the housing 9630a side and the touch panel area of the display unit 9631b on the housing 9630b side.
- the switch 9625 to the switch 9627 may be not only an interface for operating the tablet terminal 9600 but also an interface capable of switching various functions.
- at least one of the switch 9625 to the switch 9627 may function as a switch for switching the power on / off of the tablet terminal 9600.
- at least one of the switch 9625 to the switch 9627 may have a function of switching the display direction such as vertical display or horizontal display, or a function of switching between black and white display and color display.
- at least one of the switch 9625 to the switch 9627 may have a function of adjusting the brightness of the display unit 9631.
- the brightness of the display unit 9631 can be optimized according to the amount of external light during use detected by the optical sensor built in the tablet terminal 9600.
- the tablet terminal may incorporate not only an optical sensor but also other detection devices such as a gyro, an acceleration sensor, and other sensors that detect the inclination.
- FIG. 32A shows an example in which the display areas of the display unit 9631a on the housing 9630a side and the display unit 9631b on the housing 9630b side are almost the same, but the display areas of the display unit 9631a and the display unit 9631b are particularly different. It is not limited, and one size and the other size may be different, and the display quality may be different. For example, one may be a display panel capable of displaying a higher definition than the other.
- FIG. 32B shows a tablet-type terminal 9600 closed in half.
- the tablet-type terminal 9600 has a charge / discharge control circuit 9634 including a housing 9630, a solar cell 9633, and a DCDC converter 9636. Further, as the storage body 9635, the power storage body according to one aspect of the present invention is used.
- the tablet terminal 9600 can be folded in half, the housing 9630a and the housing 9630b can be folded so as to overlap each other when not in use. Since the display unit 9631 can be protected by folding, the durability of the tablet terminal 9600 can be improved. Further, since the power storage body 9635 using the secondary battery of one aspect of the present invention has a high charge / discharge capacity and good cycle characteristics, it is possible to provide a tablet terminal 9600 that can be used for a long time over a long period of time. ..
- the tablet terminal 9600 shown in FIGS. 32A and 32B displays various information (still images, moving images, text images, etc.), a calendar, a date, a time, and the like on the display unit. It can have a function, a touch input function for touch input operation or editing of information displayed on a display unit, a function for controlling processing by various software (programs), and the like.
- Electric power can be supplied to a touch panel, a display unit, a video signal processing unit, or the like by a solar cell 9633 mounted on the surface of the tablet terminal 9600.
- the solar cell 9633 can be provided on one side or both sides of the housing 9630, and can be configured to efficiently charge the power storage body 9635.
- As the storage body 9635 if a lithium ion battery is used, there is an advantage that the size can be reduced.
- FIG. 32C shows the solar cell 9633, the storage body 9635, the DCDC converter 9636, the converter 9637, the switches SW1 to SW3, and the display unit 9631. This is the location corresponding to the charge / discharge control circuit 9634 shown in FIG. 32B.
- the electric power generated by the solar cell is stepped up or down by the DCDC converter 9636 so as to be a voltage for charging the storage body 9635. Then, when the electric power from the solar cell 9633 is used for the operation of the display unit 9631, the switch SW1 is turned on, and the converter 9637 boosts or lowers the voltage required for the display unit 9631. Further, when the display is not performed on the display unit 9631, the SW1 may be turned off and the SW2 may be turned on to charge the power storage body 9635.
- the solar cell 9633 is shown as an example of the power generation means, but is not particularly limited, and the storage body 9635 is charged by another power generation means such as a piezoelectric element (piezo element) or a thermoelectric conversion element (Peltier element). It may be.
- a non-contact power transmission module that wirelessly (non-contactly) transmits and receives power for charging, or a configuration in which other charging means are combined may be used.
- FIG. 33 shows an example of another electronic device.
- the display device 8000 is an example of an electronic device using the secondary battery 8004 according to one aspect of the present invention.
- the display device 8000 corresponds to a display device for receiving TV broadcasts, and includes a housing 8001, a display unit 8002, a speaker unit 8003, a secondary battery 8004, and the like.
- the secondary battery 8004 according to one aspect of the present invention is provided inside the housing 8001.
- the display device 8000 can be supplied with electric power from a commercial power source, or can use the electric power stored in the secondary battery 8004. Therefore, even when the power cannot be supplied from the commercial power supply due to a power failure or the like, the display device 8000 can be used by using the secondary battery 8004 according to one aspect of the present invention as an uninterruptible power supply.
- the display unit 8002 includes a light emitting device equipped with a light emitting element such as a liquid crystal display device and an organic EL element in each pixel, an electrophoresis display device, a DMD (Digital Micromirror Device), a PDP (Plasma Display Panel), and a FED (Field Emission Display). ), Etc., a semiconductor display device can be used.
- a light emitting element such as a liquid crystal display device and an organic EL element in each pixel
- an electrophoresis display device such as a liquid crystal display device and an organic EL element in each pixel
- a DMD Digital Micromirror Device
- PDP Plasma Display Panel
- FED Field Emission Display
- the display device includes all information display devices such as those for receiving TV broadcasts, those for personal computers, and those for displaying advertisements.
- the stationary lighting device 8100 is an example of an electronic device using the secondary battery 8103 according to one aspect of the present invention.
- the lighting device 8100 includes a housing 8101, a light source 8102, a secondary battery 8103, and the like.
- FIG. 33 illustrates a case where the secondary battery 8103 is provided inside the ceiling 8104 in which the housing 8101 and the light source 8102 are installed, but the secondary battery 8103 is provided inside the housing 8101. It may have been done.
- the lighting device 8100 can be supplied with electric power from a commercial power source, or can use the electric power stored in the secondary battery 8103. Therefore, even when the power cannot be supplied from the commercial power supply due to a power failure or the like, the lighting device 8100 can be used by using the secondary battery 8103 according to one aspect of the present invention as an uninterruptible power supply.
- FIG. 33 illustrates the stationary lighting device 8100 provided on the ceiling 8104
- the secondary battery according to one aspect of the present invention includes, for example, a side wall 8105, a floor 8106, a window 8107, etc. other than the ceiling 8104. It can be used for a stationary lighting device provided in the above, or it can be used for a desktop lighting device or the like.
- the light source 8102 an artificial light source that artificially obtains light by using electric power can be used.
- incandescent lamps, discharge lamps such as fluorescent lamps, and light emitting elements such as LEDs and organic EL elements are examples of the artificial light sources.
- the air conditioner having the indoor unit 8200 and the outdoor unit 8204 is an example of an electronic device using the secondary battery 8203 according to one aspect of the present invention.
- the indoor unit 8200 has a housing 8201, an air outlet 8202, a secondary battery 8203, and the like.
- FIG. 33 illustrates the case where the secondary battery 8203 is provided in the indoor unit 8200, the secondary battery 8203 may be provided in the outdoor unit 8204. Alternatively, the secondary battery 8203 may be provided in both the indoor unit 8200 and the outdoor unit 8204.
- the air conditioner can be supplied with electric power from a commercial power source, or can use the electric power stored in the secondary battery 8203.
- the secondary battery 8203 when the secondary battery 8203 is provided in both the indoor unit 8200 and the outdoor unit 8204, the secondary battery 8203 according to one aspect of the present invention is provided even when power cannot be supplied from a commercial power source due to a power failure or the like.
- the air conditioner can be used by using the power supply as an uninterruptible power supply.
- FIG. 33 illustrates a separate type air conditioner composed of an indoor unit and an outdoor unit
- the integrated air conditioner having the functions of the indoor unit and the outdoor unit in one housing may be used.
- a secondary battery according to one aspect of the present invention can also be used.
- the electric refrigerator-freezer 8300 is an example of an electronic device using the secondary battery 8304 according to one aspect of the present invention.
- the electric refrigerator-freezer 8300 has a housing 8301, a refrigerator door 8302, a freezer door 8303, a secondary battery 8304, and the like.
- the secondary battery 8304 is provided inside the housing 8301.
- the electric refrigerator-freezer 8300 can be supplied with electric power from a commercial power source, or can use the electric power stored in the secondary battery 8304. Therefore, even when the power cannot be supplied from the commercial power source due to a power failure or the like, the electric refrigerator-freezer 8300 can be used by using the secondary battery 8304 according to one aspect of the present invention as an uninterruptible power supply.
- high-frequency heating devices such as microwave ovens and electronic devices such as electric rice cookers require high electric power in a short time. Therefore, by using the secondary battery according to one aspect of the present invention as an auxiliary power source for assisting the electric power that cannot be covered by the commercial power source, it is possible to prevent the breaker of the commercial power source from being tripped when the electronic device is used. ..
- the power usage rate the ratio of the amount of power actually used (called the power usage rate) to the total amount of power that can be supplied by the supply source of commercial power is low.
- the power usage rate the ratio of the amount of power actually used (called the power usage rate) to the total amount of power that can be supplied by the supply source of commercial power.
- the cycle characteristics of the secondary battery can be improved and the reliability can be improved. Further, according to one aspect of the present invention, it is possible to use a secondary battery having a high charge / discharge capacity, thereby improving the characteristics of the secondary battery, and thus reducing the size and weight of the secondary battery itself. be able to. Therefore, by mounting the secondary battery, which is one aspect of the present invention, in the electronic device described in the present embodiment, it is possible to obtain an electronic device having a longer life and a lighter weight.
- This embodiment can be implemented in combination with other embodiments as appropriate.
- FIG. 34A shows an example of a wearable device.
- Wearable devices use a secondary battery as a power source.
- a wearable device that can perform wireless charging as well as wired charging with the connector part to be connected is exposed. It is desired.
- the secondary battery according to one aspect of the present invention can be mounted on the spectacle-type device 4000 as shown in FIG. 34A.
- the spectacle-type device 4000 has a frame 4000a and a display unit 4000b.
- By mounting the secondary battery on the temple portion of the curved frame 4000a it is possible to obtain a spectacle-type device 4000 that is lightweight, has a good weight balance, and has a long continuous use time.
- By providing the secondary battery, which is one aspect of the present invention it is possible to realize a configuration capable of saving space due to the miniaturization of the housing.
- the headset type device 4001 can be equipped with a secondary battery, which is one aspect of the present invention.
- the headset-type device 4001 has at least a microphone unit 4001a, a flexible pipe 4001b, and an earphone unit 4001c.
- a secondary battery can be provided in the flexible pipe 4001b or in the earphone portion 4001c.
- the secondary battery according to one aspect of the present invention can be mounted on the device 4002 that can be directly attached to the body.
- the secondary battery 4002b can be provided in the thin housing 4002a of the device 4002.
- the secondary battery according to one aspect of the present invention can be mounted on the device 4003 that can be attached to clothes.
- the secondary battery 4003b can be provided in the thin housing 4003a of the device 4003.
- the belt type device 4006 can be equipped with a secondary battery which is one aspect of the present invention.
- the belt-type device 4006 has a belt portion 4006a and a wireless power supply receiving portion 4006b, and a secondary battery can be mounted inside the belt portion 4006a.
- the wristwatch type device 4005 can be equipped with a secondary battery, which is one aspect of the present invention.
- the wristwatch-type device 4005 has a display unit 4005a and a belt unit 4005b, and a secondary battery can be provided on the display unit 4005a or the belt unit 4005b.
- a secondary battery which is one aspect of the present invention, it is possible to realize a configuration capable of saving space due to the miniaturization of the housing.
- the wristwatch type device 4005 is a wearable device of a type that is directly wrapped around the wrist, a sensor for measuring the pulse, blood pressure, etc. of the user may be mounted. It is possible to manage the health by accumulating data on the amount of exercise and health of the user.
- FIG. 34B shows a perspective view of the wristwatch-type device 4005 removed from the arm.
- FIG. 34C shows a state in which the secondary battery 913 is built in.
- the secondary battery 913 is the secondary battery shown in the fourth embodiment.
- the secondary battery 913 is provided at a position overlapping the display unit 4005a, and is compact and lightweight.
- FIG. 34D shows an example of a wireless earphone.
- a wireless earphone having a pair of main bodies 4100a and a main body 4100b is shown, but it does not necessarily have to be a pair.
- the main bodies 4100a and 4100b have a driver unit 4101, an antenna 4102, and a secondary battery 4103. It may have a display unit 4104. Further, it is preferable to have a substrate on which a circuit such as a wireless IC is mounted, a charging terminal, or the like. It may also have a microphone.
- the case 4110 has a secondary battery 4111. Further, it is preferable to have a substrate on which circuits such as a wireless IC and a charge control IC are mounted, and a charging terminal. It may also have a display unit, a button, and the like.
- the main bodies 4100a and 4100b can wirelessly communicate with other electronic devices such as smartphones. As a result, sound data and the like sent from other electronic devices can be reproduced by the main bodies 4100a and 4100b. If the main bodies 4100a and 4100b have a microphone, the sound acquired by the microphone can be sent to another electronic device, and the sound data processed by the electronic device can be sent to the main bodies 4100a and 4100b again for reproduction. .. As a result, it can be used as a translator, for example.
- the secondary battery 4111 included in the case 4100 can be charged from the secondary battery 4103 included in the main body 4100a.
- the secondary battery 4111 and the secondary battery 4103 the coin-type secondary battery, the cylindrical secondary battery, and the like of the above-described embodiment can be used.
- the secondary battery using the positive electrode active material 100 obtained in the first embodiment as the positive electrode has a high energy density, and by using the secondary battery 4103 and the secondary battery 4111, the space can be saved due to the miniaturization of the wireless earphone. It is possible to realize a configuration that can correspond to.
- FIG. 35A shows an example of a cleaning robot.
- the cleaning robot 6300 has a display unit 6302 arranged on the upper surface of the housing 6301, a plurality of cameras 6303 arranged on the side surface, a brush 6304, an operation button 6305, a secondary battery 6306, various sensors, and the like.
- the cleaning robot 6300 is provided with tires, suction ports, and the like.
- the cleaning robot 6300 is self-propelled, can detect dust 6310, and can suck dust from a suction port provided on the lower surface.
- the cleaning robot 6300 can analyze the image taken by the camera 6303 and determine the presence or absence of obstacles such as walls, furniture, and steps. Further, when an object that is likely to be entangled with the brush 6304 such as wiring is detected by image analysis, the rotation of the brush 6304 can be stopped.
- the cleaning robot 6300 includes a secondary battery 6306 according to an aspect of the present invention, and a semiconductor device or an electronic component inside the cleaning robot 6300. By using the secondary battery 6306 according to one aspect of the present invention for the cleaning robot 6300, the cleaning robot 6300 can be made into a highly reliable electronic device with a long operating time.
- FIG. 35B shows an example of a robot.
- the robot 6400 shown in FIG. 35B includes a secondary battery 6409, an illuminance sensor 6401, a microphone 6402, an upper camera 6403, a speaker 6404, a display unit 6405, a lower camera 6406 and an obstacle sensor 6407, a moving mechanism 6408, an arithmetic unit, and the like.
- the microphone 6402 has a function of detecting a user's voice, environmental sound, and the like. Further, the speaker 6404 has a function of emitting sound. The robot 6400 can communicate with the user by using the microphone 6402 and the speaker 6404.
- the display unit 6405 has a function of displaying various information.
- the robot 6400 can display the information desired by the user on the display unit 6405.
- the display unit 6405 may be equipped with a touch panel. Further, the display unit 6405 may be a removable information terminal, and by installing the display unit 6405 at a fixed position of the robot 6400, charging and data transfer are possible.
- the upper camera 6403 and the lower camera 6406 have a function of photographing the surroundings of the robot 6400. Further, the obstacle sensor 6407 can detect the presence or absence of an obstacle in the traveling direction when the robot 6400 moves forward by using the moving mechanism 6408. The robot 6400 can recognize the surrounding environment and move safely by using the upper camera 6403, the lower camera 6406, and the obstacle sensor 6407.
- the robot 6400 includes a secondary battery 6409 secondary battery according to one aspect of the present invention, and a semiconductor device or an electronic component inside the robot 6400.
- the secondary battery according to one aspect of the present invention for the robot 6400, the robot 6400 can be made into a highly reliable electronic device having a long operating time.
- FIG. 35C shows an example of an air vehicle.
- the flying object 6500 shown in FIG. 35C has a propeller 6501, a camera 6502, a secondary battery 6503, and the like, and has a function of autonomously flying.
- the image data taken by the camera 6502 is stored in the electronic component 6504.
- the electronic component 6504 can analyze the image data and detect the presence or absence of an obstacle when moving.
- the remaining battery level can be estimated from the change in the storage capacity of the secondary battery 6503 by the electronic component 6504.
- the flying object 6500 includes a secondary battery 6503 according to one aspect of the present invention inside the flying object 6500. By using the secondary battery according to one aspect of the present invention for the flying object 6500, the flying object 6500 can be made into a highly reliable electronic device having a long operating time.
- This embodiment can be implemented in combination with other embodiments as appropriate.
- a next-generation clean energy vehicle such as a hybrid vehicle (HV), an electric vehicle (EV), or a plug-in hybrid vehicle (PHV) can be realized.
- HV hybrid vehicle
- EV electric vehicle
- PSV plug-in hybrid vehicle
- FIG. 36 illustrates a vehicle using a secondary battery, which is one aspect of the present invention.
- the automobile 8400 shown in FIG. 36A is an electric vehicle that uses an electric motor as a power source for traveling. Alternatively, it is a hybrid vehicle in which an electric motor and an engine can be appropriately selected and used as a power source for driving. By using one aspect of the present invention, a vehicle having a long cruising range can be realized.
- the automobile 8400 has a secondary battery.
- the modules of the secondary battery shown in FIGS. 21C and 21D may be used side by side with respect to the floor portion in the vehicle.
- a battery pack in which a plurality of secondary batteries shown in FIG. 24 are combined may be installed on the floor portion in the vehicle.
- the secondary battery can not only drive the electric motor 8406, but also supply electric power to a light emitting device such as a headlight 8401 and a room light (not shown).
- the secondary battery can supply electric power to display devices such as a speedometer and a tachometer included in the automobile 8400.
- the secondary battery can supply electric power to a semiconductor device such as a navigation system included in the automobile 8400.
- the automobile 8500 shown in FIG. 36B can charge the secondary battery of the automobile 8500 by receiving electric power from an external charging facility by a plug-in method, a non-contact power supply method, or the like.
- FIG. 36B shows a state in which the secondary battery 8024 mounted on the automobile 8500 is being charged from the ground-mounted charging device 8021 via the cable 8022.
- the charging method, connector specifications, and the like may be appropriately performed by a predetermined method such as CHAdeMO (registered trademark) or combo.
- the charging device 8021 may be a charging station provided in a commercial facility or a household power source.
- the plug-in technology can charge the secondary battery 8024 mounted on the automobile 8500 by supplying electric power from the outside. Charging can be performed by converting AC power into DC power via a conversion device such as an ACDC converter.
- the power receiving device on the vehicle and supply electric power from the ground power transmission device in a non-contact manner to charge the vehicle.
- this non-contact power supply system by incorporating a power transmission device on the road or the outer wall, it is possible to charge the battery not only while the vehicle is stopped but also while the vehicle is running.
- the non-contact power feeding method may be used to transmit and receive electric power between vehicles.
- a solar cell may be provided on the exterior portion of the vehicle to charge the secondary battery when the vehicle is stopped or running.
- An electromagnetic induction method or a magnetic field resonance method can be used for such non-contact power supply.
- FIG. 36C is an example of a two-wheeled vehicle using the secondary battery of one aspect of the present invention.
- the scooter 8600 shown in FIG. 36C includes a secondary battery 8602, a side mirror 8601, and a turn signal 8603.
- the secondary battery 8602 can supply electricity to the turn signal 8603.
- the scooter 8600 shown in FIG. 36C can store the secondary battery 8602 in the storage under the seat 8604.
- the secondary battery 8602 can be stored in the under-seat storage 8604 even if the under-seat storage 8604 is small.
- the secondary battery 8602 is removable, and when charging, the secondary battery 8602 may be carried indoors, charged, and stored before traveling.
- the cycle characteristics of the secondary battery are improved, and the charge / discharge capacity of the secondary battery can be increased. Therefore, the secondary battery itself can be made smaller and lighter. If the secondary battery itself can be made smaller and lighter, it will contribute to the weight reduction of the vehicle, and thus the cruising range can be improved. Further, the secondary battery mounted on the vehicle can also be used as a power supply source other than the vehicle. In this case, for example, it is possible to avoid using a commercial power source during peak power demand. Avoiding the use of commercial power during peak power demand can contribute to energy savings and reduction of carbon dioxide emissions. Further, if the cycle characteristics are good, the secondary battery can be used for a long period of time, so that the amount of rare metals such as cobalt used can be reduced.
- This embodiment can be implemented in combination with other embodiments as appropriate.
- the positive electrode active material 100 according to one aspect of the present invention was prepared and its characteristics were analyzed.
- LiMO 2 in step S14 a commercially available lithium cobalt oxide (CellSeed C-10N manufactured by Nippon Chemical Industrial Co., Ltd.) having cobalt as the transition metal M and having no particular additive element was prepared. Lithium fluoride and magnesium fluoride were mixed with this by the solid phase method in the same manner as in steps S21 to S23, step S41 and step S42. When the number of atoms of cobalt was 100, the addition was made so that the number of molecules of lithium fluoride was 0.33 and the number of molecules of magnesium fluoride was 1. This was designated as a mixture 903.
- annealing was performed in the same manner as in step S43. 30 g of the mixture 903 was placed in a square alumina container, a lid was placed, and the mixture was heated in a muffle furnace. Oxygen gas was introduced by purging the inside of the furnace, and it did not flow during heating. The annealing temperature was 900 ° C. and the annealing time was 20 hours.
- Nickel hydroxide and aluminum hydroxide were added and mixed with the composite oxide after heating in the same manner as in steps S31, S32, S61 and S62.
- the number of atoms of cobalt was 100, the addition was made so that the number of atoms of nickel was 0.5 and the number of atoms of aluminum was 0.5. This was designated as a mixture 904.
- step S63 annealing was performed in the same manner as in step S63.
- 100 g of the mixture 904 was placed in a square alumina container, a lid was placed, and the mixture was heated in a muffle furnace.
- the flow rate of oxygen gas during heating was 10 L / min.
- the annealing temperature was 850 ° C., and the annealing time was 10 hours.
- the positive electrode active material thus produced was used as sample 1-1 (step S66).
- step S43 was performed at 850 ° C. for 60 hours at a flow rate of oxygen gas during heating at 10 L / min, and the annealing in step S63 was performed at 850 ° C. for 2 hours.
- Sample 1-2 was performed at 850 ° C. for 60 hours at a flow rate of oxygen gas during heating at 10 L / min, and the annealing in step S63 was performed at 850 ° C. for 2 hours.
- a nickel source and an aluminum source are mixed together with a magnesium source and a fluorine source, and annealing in step S43 is performed at 850 ° C. for 60 hours, and the flow rate of oxygen gas during heating is 10 L / min.
- Samples 1-3 were prepared in the same manner as in Sample 1-1.
- the nickel source and the aluminum source are first mixed with lithium cobalt oxide, and annealing in step S43 (850 ° C., 2 hours, flow rate of oxygen gas during heating 10 L / min) is performed.
- the magnesium source and the fluorine source were mixed later, and the sample was prepared in the same manner as in Sample 1-1 except that the magnesium source and the fluorine source were mixed and annealed (850 ° C., 2 hours) in step S63, and used as Sample 1-4.
- a sample 1- was prepared by using aluminum isopropoxide (Al (O-i-Pr) 3 ) as an aluminum source and mixing it with a nickel source in a different process. It was set to 5. At this time, isopropanol was used as the solvent for Al isopropoxide.
- the mixture obtained by mixing S61-1 and Al isopropoxide were reacted with water contained in the atmosphere for 17 hours with stirring, and then dried in a ventilation drying furnace at 80 ° C. for 3 hours to dry. Further, annealing in step S63 (850 ° C., 2 hours) was performed. Other conditions were the same as in Sample 1-2.
- a sample 1-7 was prepared by repeating the annealing and sticking suppression operations a plurality of times.
- the first and second annealings were at 900 ° C. for 10 hours
- the third annealing was at 920 ° C. for 10 hours.
- the composite oxide was placed in a mortar and crushed with a pestle as a sticking suppression operation.
- Other conditions were the same as in Sample 1-3.
- sample 1-8 was prepared in the same manner as sample 1-7 except that the third annealing temperature was set to 900 ° C.
- sample 2 was lithium cobalt oxide (CellSeed C-10N, manufactured by Nippon Chemical Industrial Co., Ltd.) having cobalt as a transition metal and having no additive element.
- lithium cobalt oxide CellSeed C-10N, manufactured by Nippon Chemical Industrial Co., Ltd.
- Sample 3 was prepared in the same manner as in Sample 1-3 except that the nickel source and the aluminum source were not used.
- Sample 4 was prepared in the same manner as in Sample 1-5 except that the nickel source and the aluminum source were not used.
- sample 5 was prepared in the same manner as in Sample 1-5 except that the aluminum source was not used.
- sample 6 was prepared in the same manner as in sample 1-5 except that a nickel source was not used.
- lithium fluoride is added so that the number of molecules of lithium fluoride is 0.17 and the number of molecules of magnesium fluoride is 0.5, and the annealing temperature in step S43 is 900 ° C. for 20 hours.
- a titanium source was used instead of the aluminum source, and titanium isopropoxide (TTIP) was used as the titanium source.
- Table 1 shows the preparation conditions for Samples 1-1 to 8. As is clear from Table 1, all of Samples 1-1 to 1-8 are annealed after adding a magnesium source, a fluorine source, a nickel source and an aluminum source to LiCoO 2 which does not have an additive element. Since they are common to each other, they may all be referred to as sample 1 in order to distinguish them from samples having no common points.
- FIG. 37A is a surface SEM image of sample 1-2
- FIG. 37B is a surface SEM image of sample 1-3
- FIG. 37C is a surface SEM image of sample 1-4
- FIG. 37D is a surface SEM image of sample 2. It was observed that all of Samples 1-2 to 1-4 that were annealed with additives had rounded corners, few irregularities, and a smooth surface. On the other hand, the unannealed sample 2 was observed to have relatively sharp corners, many irregularities, and a rough surface.
- FIG. 38A is a cross-sectional TEM image of the positive electrode active material from the surface to a depth of about 3 ⁇ m.
- the limited field electron diffraction image of area1 shown by the white circle in FIG. 38A is shown in FIG. 38B.
- Some of the bright spots in FIG. 38B are designated as 1, 2, 3 and O as shown in FIG. 38C.
- O is transmitted light, 1, 2 and 3 are diffraction spots.
- Area1 has a depth of 50 nm or more from the surface and is inside the positive electrode active material.
- the inside of the positive electrode active material has a layered rock salt type crystal structure.
- the a-axis lattice constant was 2.88 ⁇
- the c-axis lattice constant was 14.37 ⁇ . Note that 1 ⁇ is 10-10 m.
- the difference from the literature value is considered to be a measurement error.
- FIG. 39A shows a microelectron diffraction image inside the positive electrode active material. Some of the bright spots in FIG. 39A are designated as 1, 2, 3 and O as shown in FIG. 39B.
- the inside of the positive electrode active material has a layered rock salt type crystal structure.
- the a-axis lattice constant A core was 2.84 ⁇
- the c-axis lattice constant was C core 14.4 ⁇ .
- FIG. 40A is a cross-sectional TEM image from the surface of the positive electrode active material to a depth of about 40 nm.
- the microelectron diffraction image of point2 shown by * in FIG. 40A is shown in FIG. 40B.
- Some of the bright spots in FIG. 40B are designated as 1, 2, 3 and O as shown in FIG. 40C.
- Point 2 has a depth of about 13 nm from the surface, and is a portion of the inside of the positive electrode active material where the concentration of aluminum is high in the linear EDX ray analysis described later.
- the inside of the positive electrode active material has a layered rock salt type crystal structure.
- the a-axis lattice constant was 2.86 ⁇
- the c-axis lattice constant was 14.4 ⁇ .
- the values were close to the values calculated from FIGS. 39A and 39B, and it was shown that there was no large difference in the lattice constant even in the region where the aluminum concentration was high if it was inside.
- FIG. 41A is a cross-sectional TEM image of the positive electrode active material from the surface to a depth of about 30 nm.
- the microelectron diffraction image of point 1 shown by * in FIG. 41A is shown in FIG. 41B.
- Some of the bright spots in FIG. 41B are designated as 1, 2, 3 and O as shown in FIG. 41C.
- Point1 is the outermost surface layer of the surface layer portion of the positive electrode active material.
- the crystal structure identified from the diffraction image of such an arrangement is the layered rock salt type.
- the crystal structure is close to the rock salt type. Therefore, it can be said that the outermost surface layer from which this diffraction image is obtained has the characteristics of a layered rock salt type crystal structure, but also has some characteristics of a rock salt type crystal structure.
- the difference in brightness in such a diffraction image corresponds to the difference in brightness in the TEM image or the like shown in FIG. 43B or the like.
- the a-axis lattice constant A surface was 3.02 ⁇
- the c-axis lattice constant C surface was 15.96 ⁇ .
- Table 2 shows the lattice constants of the inner and outermost layers obtained above. Reference values are also shown for comparison.
- the a-axis lattice constant A surface of the outermost surface layer which is a part of the surface layer portion calculated by microelectron diffraction, is 3.02 ⁇ . , It was larger than 2.84 ⁇ of the internal a-axis lattice constant A core calculated by ultra-fine electron diffraction.
- the c-axis lattice constant C surface of the outermost surface layer was 15.96 ⁇ , which was larger than the internal c-axis lattice constant C core calculated by microelectron diffraction of 14.4 ⁇ .
- Table 3 shows the difference and the rate of change of the lattice constants of the inner surface layer and the outermost surface layer obtained by microelectron diffraction.
- the lattice constant A Surface of a shaft of the outermost surface layer than 0.18 ⁇ difference delta A between the lattice constant A core inside the a-axis, c-axis lattice constant of the outermost layer and C Surface, towards 1.56 ⁇ difference delta C between the lattice constant C core inside the c-axis is larger.
- the lattice constant A Surface of a shaft of the outermost layer, the change rate R A between the lattice constant A core inside the a-axis was 0.063.
- the lattice constant C Surface of c-axis of the outermost surface layer, the rate of change R C of the lattice constant C core inside the c axis was 0.108.
- FIGS. 42A to 42C The cross-sectional STEM images of the positive electrode active material of the sample 1-1 prepared above are shown in FIGS. 42A to 42C.
- FIG. 42A is a cross-sectional STEM image from the surface of the positive electrode active material to a depth of about 15 nm.
- FIG. 42B is a cross-sectional STEM image in a range of about 6 nm in depth and about 8 nm in width from the surface of the positive electrode active material.
- FIG. 42C is a cross-sectional STEM image from the surface to a depth of about 3.5 nm. These are darkfield images.
- a layer of transition metal M was observed as a row of strong white bright spots inside the positive electrode active material, and it was observed that it had a layered rock salt type crystal structure and high crystallinity.
- the surface of the positive electrode active material was substantially parallel to the (001) plane of the layered rock salt type crystal structure.
- the lithium layer existing between the transition metal M layers was only slightly gray, and almost no bright spots were observed. The same was true for oxygen forming an octahedron centered on the transition metal M. In this cross-sectional STEM image, it became clear that elements with small atomic numbers such as lithium and oxygen did not produce clear bright spots.
- FIGS. 43A to 44B The results of comparing the brightness of the transition metal M-site layer and the lithium-site layer using the cross-sectional STEM image of FIG. 42B are shown in FIGS. 43A to 44B.
- FIG. 43A is a view obtained by rotating FIG. 42B by 90 °.
- the brightness was integrated in parallel with the transition metal M site layer.
- FIG. 43B is a graph showing the brightness of each pixel sequence.
- the brightness derived from anions such as oxygen atoms was corrected as the background. Specifically, the vertices of the valleys of each peak were approximated by a straight line and corrected. The background is shown by the dotted line in FIG. 43B.
- FIG. 44A shows the corrected graph.
- the horizontal axis is the depth from the surface.
- the first peak of the brightness of the metal element was used as the surface.
- the vertical axis is intensity, and the maximum number of white pixels up to a depth of 6 nm is set to 1 for normalization.
- FIG. 44B shows the figure of FIG. 43A with the brightness inverted in order to improve visibility.
- the transition metal M-site layer was present with high brightness in the region where the depth from the surface was deeper than 3 nm. There were no peaks in the lithium site layer between the transition metal M site layers.
- the peaks of both the transition metal M-site layer and the lithium-site layer were low, and sufficient strength could not be obtained. There is a possibility that the error is due to the unevenness of the positive electrode active material.
- the brightness of the transition metal M-site layer was 0.7 or more, which is the maximum value, and sufficient strength was obtained.
- a peak lower than that of the transition metal M-site layer was observed in the lithium site layer (arrow in FIG. 44A dotted line). This low peak is considered to indicate the presence of an additive metal element or transition metal M in the lithium site layer.
- the peak of this lithium site layer was 3% or more and 60% or less of the maximum value, more specifically 4% or more and 50% or less, and more specifically 6% or more and 40% or less. Moreover, it was 5% or more and 65% or less, and more specifically, 8% or more and 50% or less, as compared with the strength of the transition metal site layer having sufficient strength at the beginning.
- FIGS. 45A, 46A and 47A show HAADF-STEM images of the same cross section including the surface and interior of the positive electrode active material.
- FIG. 45B is a mapping image of fluorine in the same portion as the HAADF-STEM image
- FIG. 45C is a mapping image of carbon
- FIG. 45D is magnesium
- FIG. 45E is oxygen
- FIG. 45F is aluminum
- FIG. 46B is a mapping image of nickel in the same portion as the HAADF-STEM image
- FIG. 46C is a mapping image of silicon
- FIG. 46D is a cobalt mapping image.
- FIGS. 47B to 47E the mapping images of some elements with their brightness inverted are shown in FIGS. 47B to 47E.
- FIG. 47B is a mapping image of fluorine with inverted brightness
- FIG. 47C is a mapping image of magnesium
- FIG. 47D is an aluminum
- FIG. 47E is a mapping image of nickel.
- FIG. 48 is a cross-sectional STEM image including the surface and the inside of the positive electrode active material.
- the area surrounded by the white line in FIG. 48 is the measurement area.
- the analysis was performed from the outside to the inside of the positive electrode active material 100.
- the results are shown in FIGS. 49A and 49B.
- the horizontal axis shows the distance from the measurement start point (Distance), and the vertical axis shows the atomic% (Atomic%).
- the lower limit of detection in EDX ray analysis depends on the element, but is approximately 1 atomic%.
- FIG. 49B is an enlarged view of a part of FIG. 49A. From FIGS. 49A and 49B, it was confirmed that magnesium and fluorine were present in the outermost surface layer and had a concentration gradient in which the concentration increased from the inside toward the surface. The surface concentration was the highest and the peak was sharp. The distribution of silicon had a similar tendency.
- the peak magnesium concentration was at a measurement point of 4.0 atomic% and a distance of 4.6 nm.
- the peak of the fluorine concentration was at a measurement point of 4.0 atomic% and a distance of 4.4 nm.
- the peaks of aluminum concentration were deeper than the peaks of magnesium and fluorine and were distributed broadly over a distance of 20 nm or more.
- the peak of the aluminum concentration was a measurement point of 3.9 atomic% and a distance of 16.1 nm.
- Nickel was below the lower limit of detection at all measurement points, that is, less than 1 atomic%.
- Oxygen was also detected from the outside of the surface of the positive electrode active material. It is considered that the influence of carbonic acid and hydroxy groups chemically adsorbed on the surface after the production of the positive electrode active material, or the background.
- the surface was estimated as follows from the amount of oxygen detected. First, the range of 20-40 nm indicated by the arrow in FIG. 49A was defined as the region in which the atomic% of oxygen was stable. The average atomic% of oxygen in this region was 54.4%. Further, the range of a distance of 0 to 3 nm was defined as a region in which the atomic% of chemically adsorbed oxygen was stable in the background. The average Obaccg round in this region was 11.8%. 42.6% of the result of subtracting Obackground from Oave was taken as the corrected average Oave of oxygen. Therefore, 1 / 2O ave was 21.3%. The closest oxygen measurement point was at a distance of 4.4 nm. Therefore, in this example and the like, a distance of 4.4 nm is estimated as the surface. This was the same measurement point as the peak concentration of fluorine.
- the positive electrode active material of one aspect of the present invention has magnesium and fluorine in the surface layer portion, particularly the outermost surface layer, and has a concentration gradient from the inside to the surface. It was confirmed to be 100. It was also confirmed that the aluminum concentration peak exists at a position deeper than the magnesium and fluorine concentrations.
- the peak magnesium concentration was 0.2 nm in depth.
- the peak of fluorine concentration was 0 nm in depth.
- the peak concentration of aluminum was 11.7 nm deep.
- Measurement conditions include acceleration voltage or magnification.
- a conductive coating was applied to Sample 1-1 and Sample 2 as an observation pretreatment. Specifically, platinum sputtering was performed for 20 seconds. Observation was performed using a scanning electron microscope device SU8030 manufactured by Hitachi High-Tech. The measurement conditions are an acceleration voltage of 5 kV and a magnification of 5000 times, and other measurement conditions are a working distance of 5.0 mm, an emission current of 9 to 10.5 ⁇ A, an extraction voltage of 5.8 V, an SEU mode (Upper contrast-electric detector), and an ABC mode. (Auto Brightness Control Control) was also set to be the same, and the observation was performed with autofocus.
- FIG. 50A shows an SEM image of sample 1-1
- FIG. 50B shows an SEM image of sample 2. It was observed that the surface of Sample 1-1, which was heated after adding the additive element, was smoother than that of Sample 2.
- the target area of the next image analysis is shown by a square. The area of the target area was 4 ⁇ m ⁇ 4 ⁇ m, and the same area was used for all the samples. The inside of the target area was set to be horizontal as an SEM observation surface.
- the present inventors have focused on the fact that in the images shown in FIGS. 50A and 50B, the surface state of the positive electrode active material is photographed with a change in brightness.
- the change in brightness I thought that it might be possible to quantify information about surface irregularities by image analysis.
- FIGS. 50A and 50B were analyzed using the image processing software "ImageJ", and an attempt was made to quantify the surface smoothness of the positive electrode active material.
- ImageJ is an example of image processing software for performing the analysis, and is not limited to "ImageJ”.
- the grayscale image represents one pixel with 8 bits and includes brightness (brightness information).
- the dark part has a low number of gradations, and the bright part has a high number of gradations.
- This value is called a grayscale value.
- the histogram is a three-dimensional representation of the gradation distribution in the target area, and is also called a luminance histogram. By acquiring the luminance histogram, it is possible to visually understand and evaluate the unevenness of the positive electrode active material.
- an 8-bit grayscale image was acquired from the images of Sample 1-1 and Sample 2, and further, a grayscale value and a luminance histogram were acquired.
- FIG. 51A shows the grayscale values of sample 1-1
- FIG. 51B shows the grayscale values of sample 2.
- the x-axis indicates a grayscale value
- the y-axis indicates the number of counts
- the number of counts is shown on the log scale (log count).
- FIGS. 52A and 52B show luminance histograms of Sample 1-1 and Sample 2.
- the difference between the maximum value and the minimum value was 120 or less.
- the standard deviation was also small and the variation was smaller.
- Electrode density> Next, using Sample 1-1, positive electrodes with different conductive materials and pressing conditions were prepared, and the electrode density was evaluated.
- a positive electrode active material, a conductive material and PVDF were mixed to prepare a slurry, and the slurry was applied to an aluminum current collector.
- NMP was used as the solvent for the slurry.
- a weak press was performed on the positive electrode 0 to 5 times, and a strong press was performed 0 or 1 times.
- the weak press was 210 kN / m and the strong press was 1467 klN / m.
- a calendar roll was used for both presses.
- Table 5 shows the compounding ratio, press conditions, conductive material, and electrode density (g / cc).
- the electrode density after pressing is more likely to be higher when AB and graphene are mixed and used than when AB alone is used as the conductive material. Further, under the condition that AB and graphene were mixed and used, the conductive material was 1 wt%, and the weak press was performed twice or more, the electrode density was 3.72 g / cc or more.
- a CR2032 type (diameter 20 mm, height 3.2 mm) coin-shaped battery cell was manufactured.
- Lithium metal was used as the counter electrode.
- LiPF 6 lithium hexafluorophosphate
- EC ethylene carbonate
- DEC diethyl carbonate
- Polypropylene having a thickness of 25 ⁇ m was used as the separator.
- the positive electrode can and the negative electrode are those made of stainless steel (SUS) were used.
- the structure of the secondary battery produced as described above was first measured after the first charge.
- the charging voltage was 4.65V or 4.7V.
- the charging temperature was 25 ° C. or 45 ° C.
- the charging method was CC / CV (0.5 C, each voltage, 0.05 Cut).
- 1C was set to 200 mA / g.
- the charging capacity is shown in Table 6.
- the charged secondary battery was disassembled in a glove box having an argon atmosphere, the positive electrode was taken out, and the positive electrode was washed with DMC (dimethyl carbonate) to remove the electrolytic solution.
- the removed positive electrode was attached to a flat substrate with double-sided tape, and sealed in a dedicated cell in an argon atmosphere.
- the positive electrode active material layer was set according to the measurement surface required by the apparatus. The XRD measurement was performed at room temperature regardless of the temperature at the time of charging.
- XRD device D8 ADVANCE manufactured by Bruker AXS X-ray source: CuK ⁇ ray output: 40KV, 40mA Slit system: Div. Slit, 0.5 ° Detector: LynxEye Scan method: 2 ⁇ / ⁇ continuous scan Measurement range (2 ⁇ ): 15 ° (degree) or more and 75 ° or less Step width (2 ⁇ ): 0.01 ° Setting counting time: 1 second / step sample table rotation: 15 rpm
- FIG. 53 is an XRD pattern of each voltage and each temperature of the sample 1-7 and the sample 2 after charging.
- Sample 1-7 has an O3'type crystal structure under any conditions of 4.65 V25 ° C., 4.65 V45 ° C., 4.7 V25 ° C., and 4.7 C45 ° C. .. Further, at 4.7C45 ° C., it had H1-3 type and O1 type crystal structures in addition to O3'type. The best O3'type crystallinity was under the condition of 4.65 V45 ° C.
- Sample 2 mainly had an H1-3 type crystal structure at both 4.7 V25 ° C and 4.7C 45 ° C. Almost no peak was observed due to the O3'type crystal structure.
- the charging temperature of Sample 1-7 was set to 0 ° C., 25 ° C., 45 ° C., 65 ° C. or 85 ° C., and the structure after the second charging was measured.
- the charging method was CC / CV (0.5C, 4.7V, 0.05Cut), and the discharging method was CC (0.5C, 2.5Vcut).
- the charge / discharge capacity is shown in Table 7.
- the positive electrode was taken out from the secondary battery and XRD measurement was performed.
- FIG. 55 is an XRD pattern of each temperature after charging.
- the XRD patterns of O1, H1-3, O3'and R-3m (LiCoO 2) before charging are also shown.
- the second charge has an O3'type crystal structure under the conditions of 4.7 V25 ° C. and 4.7 V 45 ° C. as in the first charge. At 4.7C 45 ° C., it had an O1 type crystal structure in addition to the O3'type. It was presumed that the crystallinity was low under the conditions of 4.7V 65 ° C. and 4.7V 85 ° C., and that the crystal structure was different from that of O1, H1-3, and O3'.
- the positive electrode was taken out from the secondary battery and XRD measurement was performed.
- FIG. 57 is an XRD pattern after each charge / discharge.
- the XRD patterns of O1, H1-3, O3'and R-3m (LiCoO 2) before charging are also shown.
- FIG. 59 is an XRD pattern after each charge / discharge.
- the XRD patterns of O1, H1-3, O3'and R-3m (LiCoO 2) before charging are also shown.
- a positive electrode was obtained by the above steps.
- the amount of the positive electrode supported was approximately 7 mg / cm 2 .
- the density was 3.8 g / cc or more.
- a CR2032 type (diameter 20 mm, height 3.2 mm) coin-shaped battery cell was manufactured.
- Lithium metal was used as the counter electrode.
- LiPF 6 lithium hexafluorophosphate
- EC ethylene carbonate
- DEC diethyl carbonate
- VC vinylene carbonate
- Polypropylene having a thickness of 25 ⁇ m was used as the separator.
- the positive electrode can and the negative electrode are those made of stainless steel (SUS) were used.
- the charging voltage was 4.4V, 4.5V or 4.6V.
- the measurement temperature was 25 ° C., 45 ° C., 50 ° C., 55 ° C., 60 ° C., 65 ° C. or 85 ° C.
- Charging was CC / CV (0.5C, each voltage, 0.05Cut), discharging was CC (0.5C, 2.5Vcut), and a 10-minute pause was provided before the next charging.
- 1C was set to 200 mA / g.
- FIG. 61A shows the charge / discharge cycle characteristics of sample 1-1 having a charging voltage of 4.4 V
- FIG. 61B shows the charge / discharge cycle characteristics of sample 2 (comparative example).
- FIG. 62A shows the charge / discharge cycle characteristics of sample 1-1 having a charging voltage of 4.5 V
- FIG. 62B shows the charge / discharge cycle characteristics of sample 2 (comparative example).
- FIG. 63A shows the charge / discharge cycle characteristics of sample 1-1 having a charging voltage of 4.6 V
- FIG. 63B shows the charge / discharge cycle characteristics of sample 2 (comparative example).
- Sample 1-1 showed very good cycle characteristics from 25 ° C to 85 ° C.
- the charge / discharge cycle characteristics of Sample 2 (Comparative Example) were also relatively good, but were not as good as those of Sample 1-1.
- Sample 1-1 showed very good charge / discharge cycle characteristics from 25 ° C to 65 ° C. In addition, the discharge capacity also increased because the charging voltage was increased. On the other hand, in Sample 2 (Comparative Example), the discharge capacity decreased as the charge / discharge cycle was repeated at any temperature.
- sample 2 (comparative example) had a sharp decrease in discharge capacity by 20 cycles at all temperatures from 25 ° C to 60 ° C.
- sample 1-1 exceeded the characteristics of sample 2 (comparative example) at all temperatures from 25 ° C to 60 ° C. In particular, from 25 ° C to 55 ° C, extremely good charge / discharge cycle characteristics were exhibited.
- the charging voltage was 4.65V or 4.7V.
- the measurement temperature was 25 ° C. or 45 ° C.
- Charge CC / CV 0.5C, each voltage, 0.05Cut
- discharge CC 0.5C, sample 1-5 only 2.5Vcut, otherwise 3 hours cut
- FIG. 64A shows the charge / discharge cycle characteristics of Samples 1-5, Samples 1-7, and Sample 3 at a charging voltage of 4.65 V and a measurement temperature of 25 ° C.
- FIG. 64B shows the charge / discharge cycle characteristics of Samples 1-5, Samples 1-7, and Sample 3 at a charging voltage of 4.65 V and a measurement temperature of 45 ° C.
- FIG. 65A shows the charge / discharge cycle characteristics of Samples 1-3, Samples 1-5, Samples 1-7, and Sample 3 at a charging voltage of 4.7 V and a measurement temperature of 25 ° C.
- FIG. 65B shows the charge / discharge cycle characteristics of Samples 1-5, Samples 1-7, and Sample 3 at a charging voltage of 4.7 V and a measurement temperature of 45 ° C.
- Samples 1-3, Samples 1-5 and Samples 1-7 having magnesium, fluorine, nickel and aluminum as additive elements showed good charge / discharge cycle characteristics up to a charging voltage of 4.7 V.
- Sample 3 without nickel and aluminum had slightly inferior charge / discharge cycle characteristics.
- Sample 1-5 showed relatively good charge / discharge cycle characteristics even at 4.65 V. On the other hand, at 4.7 V, the discharge capacity of each sample was significantly reduced by about 20 cycles.
- the charging voltage was 4.6 V and the measurement temperature was 25 ° C.
- Charging was CC / CV (0.5C, 4.6V, 0.05Cut), discharging was CC (0.5C, 2.5Vcut), and a 10-minute rest period was provided before the next charging.
- FIGS. 66A and 66B The charge / discharge cycle characteristics are shown in FIGS. 66A and 66B.
- FIG. 66A is the discharge capacity
- FIG. 66B is the discharge capacity retention rate.
- the charging voltage was 4.6 V, and the measured temperature was 25 ° C or 45 ° C.
- Charging was CC / CV (0.5C, 4.6V, 0.05Cut), discharging was CC (0.5C, 2.5Vcut), and a 10-minute rest period was provided before the next charging.
- FIG. 67A shows the charge / discharge cycle characteristics of Sample 1-8, Sample 2, Sample 7, and Sample 8 at a measurement temperature of 25 ° C.
- FIG. 67B shows the charge / discharge cycle characteristics of Sample 1-8, Sample 2, Sample 7, and Sample 8 at a measurement temperature of 45 ° C.
- the positive electrode active material according to one aspect of the present invention has a positive electrode activity in which a decrease in charge / discharge capacity is suppressed even when a high voltage such as 4.5 V, 4.6 V, and even 4.7 V is repeatedly charged and discharged in the half cell. It was shown to be a substance. In addition, it showed good cycle characteristics even at relatively high temperatures such as 45 ° C, 55 ° C, and 65 ° C. This is because the positive electrode active material of one aspect of the present invention has an additive element in the surface layer portion, so that the crystal structure is not easily collapsed. Furthermore, it was confirmed that the cycle characteristics at high temperature or high voltage charge / discharge were improved because nickel was used as the transition metal.
- a secondary battery of negative electrode graphite was prepared using the positive electrode active material of Sample 1-1 prepared above, and the charge / discharge cycle characteristics were evaluated.
- the positive electrode was prepared in the same manner as the half cell.
- VGCF registered trademark
- Showa Denko KK which is a vapor-grown carbon fiber
- LiPF 6 lithium hexafluorophosphate
- EC ethylene carbonate
- DEC diethyl carbonate
- Polypropylene having a thickness of 25 ⁇ m was used as the separator.
- a laminated film was used for the exterior body.
- the charging voltage was 4.5V or 4.6V.
- the measurement temperature was 25 ° C. or 45 ° C.
- Charging was CC / CV (0.5C, each voltage, 0.05Cut), discharging was CC (0.5C, 3Vcut), and a 10-minute pause was provided before the next charging.
- FIG. 68A shows the charge / discharge cycle characteristics of Sample 1-1 when the measurement temperature is 25 ° C.
- FIG. 68B shows the charge / discharge cycle characteristics of Sample 1-1 when the measurement temperature is 45 ° C.
- Sample 1-1 showed good charge / discharge cycle characteristics.
- 100 Positive electrode active material
- 100a Surface layer part
- 100b Inside
- 100c Outermost layer
- 101 Crystal grain boundary
- 102 Embedded part
- 103 Convex part
- 104 Coating
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Electrochemistry (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Inorganic Chemistry (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Composite Materials (AREA)
- Materials Engineering (AREA)
- Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
- Battery Electrode And Active Subsutance (AREA)
Abstract
Description
図2A1乃至図2C2は正極活物質の断面図の一部である。
図3は正極活物質の断面図である。
図4は正極活物質の充電深度と結晶構造を説明する図である。
図5は結晶構造から計算されるXRDパターンを示す図である。
図6は比較例の正極活物質の充電深度と結晶構造を説明する図である。
図7は結晶構造から計算されるXRDパターンを示す図である。
図8A乃至図8CはXRDから算出される格子定数である。
図9A乃至図9CはXRDから算出される格子定数である。
図10は正極活物質の作製方法を説明する図である。
図11は正極活物質の作製方法を説明する図である。
図12は正極活物質の作製方法を説明する図である。
図13は正極活物質の作製方法を説明する図である。
図14は正極活物質の作製方法を説明する図である。
図15は正極活物質の作製方法を説明する図である。
図16Aおよび図16Bは導電材としてグラフェン化合物を用いた場合の活物質層の断面図である。
図17Aおよび図17Bは二次電池の例を説明する図である。
図18A乃至図18Cは二次電池の例を説明する図である。
図19Aおよび図19Bは二次電池の例を説明する図である。
図20A乃至図20Cはコイン型二次電池を説明する図である。
図21A乃至図21Dは円筒型二次電池を説明する図である。
図22Aおよび図22Bは二次電池の例を説明する図である。
図23A乃至図23Dは二次電池の例を説明する図である。
図24Aおよび図24Bは二次電池の例を説明する図である。
図25は二次電池の例を説明する図である。
図26A乃至図26Cはラミネート型の二次電池を説明する図である。
図27Aおよび図27Bはラミネート型の二次電池を説明する図である。
図28は二次電池の外観を示す図である。
図29は二次電池の外観を示す図である。
図30A乃至図30Cは二次電池の作製方法を説明する図である。
図31A乃至図31Hは電子機器の一例を説明する図である。
図32A乃至図32Cは電子機器の一例を説明する図である。
図33は電子機器の一例を説明する図である。
図34A乃至図34Dは電子機器の一例を説明する図である。
図35A乃至図35Cは、電子機器の一例を示す図である。
図36A乃至図36Cは車両の一例を説明する図である。
図37A乃至図37Dは正極活物質の表面SEM像である。
図38Aは正極活物質の断面TEM像である。図38Bおよび図38Cは図38Aの一部の制限視野電子線回折像である。
図39Aおよび図39Bは正極活物質の極微電子線回折像である。
図40Aは正極活物質の断面TEM像である。図40Bおよび図40Cは図40Aの一部の極微電子線回折像である。
図41Aは正極活物質の断面TEM像である。図41Bおよび図41Cは図41Aの一部の極微電子線回折像である。
図42A乃至図42Cは正極活物質の断面STEM像である。
図43Aは正極活物質の断面STEM像であり図42Bを回転させた図である。図43Bは図43Aの輝度の測定結果である。
図44Aは図43Bからバックグラウンドを補正したグラフである。図44Bは正極活物質の断面STEMの明視野像である。
図45Aは正極活物質の断面HAADF−STEM像である。図45B乃至図45FはEDX面分析の結果である。
図46Aは正極活物質の断面HAADF−STEM像である。図46B乃至図46DはEDX面分析の結果である。
図47Aは正極活物質の断面HAADF−STEM像である。図47B乃至図47EはEDX面分析の結果の明度を反転させた図である。
図48は正極活物質の断面HAADF−STEM像である。
図49Aおよび図49Bは正極活物質のEDX線分析の結果である。
図50Aおよび図50Bは正極活物質のSEM像である。
図51Aおよび図51Bは正極活物質のグレースケール値である。
図52Aおよび図52Bは正極活物質の輝度ヒストグラムである。
図53は正極活物質のXRDパターンである。
図54Aおよび図54Bは図53の一部を拡大したXRDパターンである。
図55は正極活物質のXRDパターンである。
図56Aおよび図56Bは図55の一部を拡大したXRDパターンである。
図57は正極活物質のXRDパターンである。
図58Aおよび図58Bは図57の一部を拡大したXRDパターンである。
図59は正極活物質のXRDパターンである。
図60Aおよび図60Bは図59の一部を拡大したXRDパターンである。
図61Aおよび図61Bは正極活物質のサイクル特性を示すグラフである。
図62Aおよび図62Bは正極活物質のサイクル特性を示すグラフである。
図63Aおよび図63Bは正極活物質のサイクル特性を示すグラフである。
図64Aおよび図64Bは正極活物質のサイクル特性を示すグラフである。
図65Aおよび図65Bは正極活物質のサイクル特性を示すグラフである。
図66Aおよび図66Bは正極活物質のサイクル特性を示すグラフである。
図67Aおよび図67Bは正極活物質のサイクル特性を示すグラフである。
図68Aおよび図68Bは正極活物質のサイクル特性を示すグラフである。
本実施の形態では、図1乃至図9を用いて本発明の一態様の正極活物質について説明する。
本発明の一態様の正極活物質100は、表層部100aおよび内部100bともに結晶構造を有することが好ましい。また表層部100aの結晶構造のa軸の格子定数の方が、内部100bの結晶構造のa軸の格子定数Acoreよりも大きいことが好ましい。また表層部100aの結晶構造のb軸の格子定数の方が、内部100bの結晶構造のb軸の格子定数Bcoreよりも大きいことが好ましい。また表層部100aの結晶構造のc軸の格子定数の方が、内部100bの結晶構造のc軸の格子定数Ccoreよりも大きいことが好ましい。
正極活物質100は、リチウムと、遷移金属Mと、酸素と、添加物元素と、を有する。正極活物質100はLiMO2で表される複合酸化物に添加物元素が添加されたものといってもよい。ただし本発明の一態様の正極活物質はLiMO2で表されるリチウム複合酸化物の結晶構造を有すればよく、その組成が厳密にLi:M:O=1:1:2に限定されるものではない。
コバルト酸リチウム(LiCoO2)などの層状岩塩型の結晶構造を有する材料は、放電容量が高く、二次電池の正極活物質として優れることが知られている。層状岩塩型の結晶構造を有する材料として例えば、LiMO2で表される複合酸化物が挙げられる。
図6に示す正極活物質は、後述する作製方法にてフッ素およびマグネシウムが添加されないコバルト酸リチウム(LiCoO2)である。図6に示すコバルト酸リチウムは、非特許文献1および非特許文献2等で述べられているように、充電深度によって結晶構造が変化する。
≪結晶構造≫
本発明の一態様の正極活物質100は、高電圧の充放電の繰り返しにおいて、CoO2層のずれを小さくすることができる。さらに、体積の変化を小さくすることができる。よって、本発明の一態様の正極活物質は、優れたサイクル特性を実現することができる。また、本発明の一態様の正極活物質は、高電圧の充電状態において安定な結晶構造を取り得る。よって、本発明の一態様の正極活物質は、高電圧の充電状態を保持した場合において、ショートが生じづらい場合がある。そのような場合には安全性がより向上するため、好ましい。
マグネシウムは本発明の一態様の正極活物質100の粒子全体に分布していることが好ましいが、これに加えて表層部100aのマグネシウム濃度が、粒子全体の平均よりも高いことが好ましい。または、表層部100aのマグネシウム濃度が、内部100bの濃度よりも高いことが好ましい。例えば、XPS等で測定される表層部100aのマグネシウム濃度が、ICP−MS等で測定される粒子全体の平均のマグネシウム濃度よりも高いことが好ましい。または、EDX面分析等で測定される表層部100aのマグネシウム濃度が、内部100bのマグネシウム濃度よりも高いことが好ましい。
本発明の一態様の正極活物質100が有する添加物元素は、上記で説明した分布に加え、一部は図1Aに示すように結晶粒界101に偏析していることがより好ましい。
本発明の一態様の正極活物質100の粒径は、大きすぎるとリチウムの拡散が難しくなる、集電体に塗工したときに活物質層の表面が粗くなりすぎる、等の問題がある。一方、小さすぎると、集電体への塗工時に活物質層を担持しにくくなる、電解液との反応が過剰に進む等の問題点も生じる。そのため、メディアン径(D50)が、1μm以上100μm以下が好ましく、2μm以上40μm以下であることがより好ましく、5μm以上30μm以下がさらに好ましい。または1μm以上40μm以下が好ましい。または1μm以上30μm以下が好ましい。または2μm以上100μm以下が好ましい。または2μm以上30μm以下が好ましい。または5μm以上100μm以下が好ましい。または5μm以上40μm以下が好ましい。
ある正極活物質が、高電圧で充電されたときO3’型の結晶構造を示す本発明の一態様の正極活物質100であるか否かは、高電圧で充電された正極を、XRD、電子線回折、中性子回折、電子スピン共鳴(ESR)、核磁気共鳴(NMR)等を用いて解析することで判断できる。特にXRDは、正極活物質が有するコバルト等の遷移金属の対称性を高分解能で解析できる、結晶性の高さおよび結晶の配向性を比較できる、格子の周期性歪みおよび結晶子サイズの解析ができる、二次電池を解体して得た正極をそのまま測定しても十分な精度を得られる、等の点で好ましい。
ある複合酸化物が、本発明の一態様の正極活物質100であるか否かを判断するための高電圧充電は、例えば対極リチウムでコインセル(CR2032タイプ、直径20mm高さ3.2mm)を作製して充電することができる。
XRD測定の装置および条件は特に限定されない。たとえば下記のような装置および条件で測定することができる。
XRD装置 :Bruker AXS社製、D8 ADVANCE
X線源 :CuKα線
出力 :40KV、40mA
スリット系 :Div.Slit、0.5°
検出器:LynxEye
スキャン方式 :2θ/θ連続スキャン
測定範囲(2θ) :15°(degree)以上90°以下
ステップ幅(2θ) :0.01°設定
計数時間 :1秒間/ステップ
試料台回転 :15rpm
X線光電子分光(XPS)では、表面から2乃至8nm程度(通常5nm以下)の深さまでの領域の分析が可能であるため、表層部100aの約半分の領域について、各元素の濃度を定量的に分析することができる。また、ナロースキャン分析をすれば元素の結合状態を分析することができる。なおXPSの定量精度は多くの場合±1原子%程度、検出下限は元素にもよるが約1原子%である。
測定装置 :PHI 社製QuanteraII
X線源 :単色化Al(1486.6eV)
検出領域 :100μmφ
検出深さ :約4~5nm(取出角45°)
測定スペクトル :ワイドスキャン,各検出元素のナロースキャン
上述したように本発明の一態様の正極活物質では、遷移金属としてコバルトおよびニッケルを有し、添加物元素としてマグネシウムを有することが好ましい。その結果一部のCo3+がNi2+に置換され、また一部のLi+がMg2+に置換されることが好ましい。Li+がMg2+に置換されることに伴い、当該Ni2+は還元されて、Ni3+になる場合がある。また、一部のLi+がMg2+に置換され、それに伴い近傍のCo3+が還元されてCo2+になる場合がある。また、一部のCo3+がMg2+に置換され、それに伴い近傍のCo3+が酸化されてCo4+になる場合がある。
EPMA(電子プローブ微小分析)は元素の定量が可能である。面分析ならば各元素の分布を分析することができる。
本発明の一態様の正極活物質100は、表面がなめらかで凹凸が少ないことが好ましい。表面がなめらかで凹凸が少ないことは、表層部100aにおける添加物元素の分布が良好であることを示す一つの要素である。
本実施の形態では、図10乃至図14を用いて本発明の一態様の正極活物質の作製方法の例について説明する。
図10のステップS11として、まずリチウム、遷移金属Mおよび酸素を有する複合酸化物(LiMO2)の材料として、リチウム源および遷移金属M源を用意する。
次にステップS12として、上記のリチウム源および遷移金属M源を混合する。混合は乾式または湿式で行うことができる。混合には例えばボールミル、ビーズミル等を用いることができる。ボールミルを用いる場合は、例えば粉砕メディアとしてジルコニアボールを用いることが好ましい。
次にステップS13として、上記で混合した材料を加熱する。本工程は、後の加熱工程との区別のために、焼成または第1の加熱という場合がある。加熱は800℃以上1100℃未満で行うことが好ましく、900℃以上1000℃以下で行うことがより好ましく、950℃程度がさらに好ましい。または800℃以上1000℃以下が好ましい。または900℃以上1100℃以下が好ましい。温度が低すぎると、リチウム源および遷移金属M源の分解および溶融が不十分となるおそれがある。一方温度が高すぎると、遷移金属Mとして用いる、酸化還元反応を担う金属が過剰に還元される、リチウムが蒸散するなどの原因で欠陥が生じるおそれがある。例えば遷移金属Mとしてコバルトを用いた場合、コバルトが2価となる欠陥が生じうる。
次にステップS14として、上記で焼成した材料を回収し、リチウム、遷移金属Mおよび酸素を有する複合酸化物(LiMO2)を得る。具体的には、コバルト酸リチウム、マンガン酸リチウム、ニッケル酸リチウム、コバルトの一部がマンガンで置換されたコバルト酸リチウム、コバルトの一部がニッケルで置換されたコバルト酸リチウム、またはニッケル−マンガン−コバルト酸リチウムなどを得る。
次にステップS21として、混合物902の材料として、フッ素源また塩素源等のハロゲン源およびマグネシウム源を用意する。またリチウム源も用意することが好ましい。
次に、ステップS22において、上記の混合物902の材料を混合および粉砕する。混合は乾式または湿式で行うことができるが、湿式はより小さく粉砕することができるため好ましい。混合には例えばボールミル、ビーズミル等を用いることができる。ボールミルを用いる場合は、例えば粉砕メディアとしてジルコニアボールを用いることが好ましい。この混合および粉砕工程を十分に行い、混合物902を微粉化することが好ましい。
次に、ステップS23において、上記で混合、粉砕した材料を回収し、混合物902を得る。混合物902は、例えばD50(メディアン径)が600nm以上20μm以下であることが好ましく、1μm以上10μm以下であることがより好ましい。または600nm以上10μm以下が好ましい。または1μm以上20μm以下が好ましい。このように微粉化された混合物902ならば、後の工程でリチウム、遷移金属Mおよび酸素を有する複合酸化物と混合したときに、複合酸化物の粒子の表面に混合物902を均一に付着させやすい。複合酸化物の粒子の表面に混合物902が均一に付着していると、加熱後に複合酸化物粒子の表層部にもれなくハロゲンおよびマグネシウムを分布させやすいため好ましい。表層部にハロゲンおよびマグネシウムが含まれない領域があると、充電状態において後述するO3’型の結晶構造になりにくいおそれがある。
次にステップS41において、ステップS14で得られるLiMO2と、混合物902と、を混合する。リチウム、遷移金属および酸素を有する複合酸化物中の遷移金属の原子数Mと、混合物902が有するマグネシウムの原子数Mgとの比は、M:Mg=100:y(0.1≦y≦6)であることが好ましく、M:Mg=100:y(0.3≦y≦3)であることがより好ましい。
次にステップS42において、上記で混合した材料を回収し、混合物903を得る。
次にステップS43において、混合物903を、酸素を含む雰囲気中で加熱する。該加熱は、混合物903の粒子同士が固着しないよう、固着抑制効果のある加熱とするとより好ましい。本工程は先の加熱工程との区別のためにアニールという場合がある。
次にステップS44において上記でアニールをした材料を回収し、正極活物質100を作製することができる。このとき、回収された粒子をさらに、ふるいにかけることが好ましい。ふるいにかけることで、正極活物質100同士が固着していた場合、これを解消することができる。
本実施の形態では、図16乃至図19用いて本発明の一態様の二次電池の例について説明する。
以下に、正極、負極および電解液が、外装体に包まれている二次電池を例にとって説明する。
正極は、正極活物質層および正極集電体を有する。正極活物質層は正極活物質を有し、導電材およびバインダを有していてもよい。正極活物質には、先の実施の形態で説明した作製方法を用いて作製した正極活物質を用いる。
バインダとしては、例えば、スチレン−ブタジエンゴム(SBR)、スチレン−イソプレン−スチレンゴム、アクリロニトリル−ブタジエンゴム、ブタジエンゴム、エチレン−プロピレン−ジエン共重合体などのゴム材料を用いることが好ましい。またバインダとして、フッ素ゴムを用いることができる。
集電体としては、ステンレス、金、白金、アルミニウム、チタン等の金属、及びこれらの合金など、導電性が高い材料をもちいることができる。また正極集電体に用いる材料は、正極の電位で溶出しないことが好ましい。また、シリコン、チタン、ネオジム、スカンジウム、モリブデンなどの耐熱性を向上させる元素が添加されたアルミニウム合金を用いることができる。また、シリコンと反応してシリサイドを形成する金属元素で形成してもよい。シリコンと反応してシリサイドを形成する金属元素としては、ジルコニウム、チタン、ハフニウム、バナジウム、ニオブ、タンタル、クロム、モリブデン、タングステン、コバルト、ニッケル等がある。集電体は、箔状、板状、シート状、網状、パンチングメタル状、エキスパンドメタル状等の形状を適宜用いることができる。集電体は、厚みが5μm以上30μm以下のものを用いるとよい。
負極は、負極活物質層および負極集電体を有する。また、負極活物質層は、導電材およびバインダを有していてもよい。
負極活物質としては、例えば合金系材料や炭素系材料等を用いることができる。
負極集電体には、正極集電体と同様の材料を用いることができる。なお負極集電体は、リチウム等のキャリアイオンと合金化しない材料を用いることが好ましい。
電解液は、溶媒と電解質を有する。電解液の溶媒としては、非プロトン性有機溶媒が好ましく、例えば、エチレンカーボネート(EC)、プロピレンカーボネート(PC)、ブチレンカーボネート、クロロエチレンカーボネート、ビニレンカーボネート、γ−ブチロラクトン、γ−バレロラクトン、ジメチルカーボネート(DMC)、ジエチルカーボネート(DEC)、エチルメチルカーボネート(EMC)、ギ酸メチル、酢酸メチル、酢酸エチル、プロピオン酸メチル、プロピオン酸エチル、プロピオン酸プロピル、酪酸メチル、1,3−ジオキサン、1,4−ジオキサン、ジメトキシエタン(DME)、ジメチルスルホキシド、ジエチルエーテル、メチルジグライム、アセトニトリル、ベンゾニトリル、テトラヒドロフラン、スルホラン、スルトン等の1種、又はこれらのうちの2種以上を任意の組み合わせおよび比率で用いることができる。
また二次電池は、セパレータを有することが好ましい。セパレータとしては、例えば、紙、不織布、ガラス繊維、セラミックス、或いはナイロン(ポリアミド)、ビニロン(ポリビニルアルコール系繊維)、ポリエステル、アクリル、ポリオレフィン、ポリウレタンを用いた合成繊維等で形成されたものを用いることができる。セパレータはエンベロープ状に加工し、正極または負極のいずれか一方を包むように配置することが好ましい。
二次電池が有する外装体としては、例えばアルミニウムなどの金属材料や樹脂材料を用いることができる。また、フィルム状の外装体を用いることもできる。フィルムとしては、例えばポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、ポリカーボネート、アイオノマー、ポリアミド等の材料からなる膜上に、アルミニウム、ステンレス、銅、ニッケル等の可撓性に優れた金属薄膜を設け、さらに該金属薄膜上に外装体の外面としてポリアミド系樹脂、ポリエステル系樹脂等の絶縁性合成樹脂膜を設けた三層構造のフィルムを用いることができる。
以下に、二次電池の構成の一例として、固体電解質層を用いた二次電池の構成について説明する。
本発明の一態様の二次電池400の外装体には、様々な材料および形状のものを用いることができるが、正極、固体電解質層および負極を加圧する機能を有することが好ましい。
本実施の形態では、先の実施の形態で説明した正極を有する二次電池の形状の例について説明する。本実施の形態で説明する二次電池に用いる材料は、先の実施の形態の記載を参酌することができる。
まずコイン型の二次電池の一例について説明する。図20Aはコイン型(単層偏平型)の二次電池の外観図であり、図20Bは、その断面図である。
次に円筒型の二次電池の例について図21を参照して説明する。円筒型の二次電池600の外観図を図21Aに示す。図21Bは、円筒型の二次電池600の断面を模式的に示した図である。図21Bに示すように、円筒型の二次電池600は、上面に正極キャップ(電池蓋)601を有し、側面および底面に電池缶(外装缶)602を有している。これら正極キャップと電池缶(外装缶)602とは、ガスケット(絶縁パッキン)610によって絶縁されている。
二次電池の別の構造例について、図22乃至図26を用いて説明する。
次に、ラミネート型の二次電池の例について、図26乃至図36を参照して説明する。ラミネート型の二次電池は、可撓性を有する構成とすれば、可撓性を有する部位を少なくとも一部有する電子機器に実装すれば、電子機器の変形に合わせて二次電池も曲げることもできる。
ここで、図28に外観図を示すラミネート型二次電池の作製方法の一例について、図30B、図30Cを用いて説明する。
本実施の形態では、本発明の一態様である二次電池を電子機器に実装する例について説明する。
本実施の形態では、先の実施の形態で説明した二次電池を用いた電子機器の例について図34A乃至図35Cを用いて説明する。
本実施の形態では、車両に本発明の一態様である二次電池を搭載する例を示す。
図14に示す作製方法を参照しながら本実施例で作製したサンプルについて説明する。
図37Aはサンプル1−2の、図37Bはサンプル1−3の、図37Cはサンプル1−4の、図37Dはサンプル2の表面SEM像である。添加物を加えアニールをしたサンプル1−2乃至サンプル1−4はいずれも角が丸く、凹凸が少なく、表面がなめらかである様子が観察された。一方、アニールをしていないサンプル2は比較的角が鋭く、凹凸が多く、表面がざらついている様子が観察された。
上記で作製したサンプル1−1の正極活物質について断面TEMおよび電子線回折法で分析した結果を、図38乃至図41に示す。
上記で作製したサンプル1−1の正極活物質の断面STEM像を図42A乃至図42Cに示す。図42Aは正極活物質の表面から深さ15nm程度までの断面STEM像である。図42Bは正極活物質の表面から深さ6nm程度、幅8nm程度の範囲の断面STEM像である。図42Cは表面から深さ3.5nm程度までの断面STEM像である。これらは暗視野像である。
上記で作製したサンプル1−1の正極活物質の断面の表層部についてEDX面分析を行った結果を、図45A乃至図47Eに示す。
次に、サンプル1−1の正極活物質の表層部についてEDX線分析を行った。図48は正極活物質の表面および内部を含む断面STEM像である。図48中の白線で囲まれた領域が測定領域である。図中の白矢印のように、正極活物質100の外から内部に向かって分析を行った。結果を図49Aおよび図49Bに示す。横軸に測定開始点からの距離(Distance)、縦軸に原子%(Atomic%)を示す。なおEDX線分析の検出下限は、元素によるがおおむね1原子%である。
次に、上記で作製した正極活物質の表面の滑らかさについて、サンプル1−1およびサンプル2の表面の凹凸を、以下の方法により測定して評価した。
次に、サンプル1−1を用い、導電材およびプレスの条件を変えた正極を作製し、電極密度を評価した。
上記で作製したサンプル1−7およびサンプル2について、対極リチウムの二次電池を作製し、充電後の結晶構造をXRDにより分析した。
XRD装置 :Bruker AXS社製、D8 ADVANCE
X線源 :CuKα線
出力 :40KV、40mA
スリット系 :Div.Slit、0.5°
検出器 :LynxEye
スキャン方式 :2θ/θ連続スキャン
測定範囲(2θ) :15°(degree)以上75°以下
ステップ幅(2θ) :0.01°設定
計数時間 :1秒間/ステップ
試料台回転 :15rpm
上記で作製したサンプル1−1と、サンプル2の正極活物質を用いて対極リチウムの二次電池を作製し、充放電サイクル特性を評価した。
上記で作製したサンプル1−1の正極活物質を用いて負極黒鉛の二次電池を作製し、充放電サイクル特性を評価した。
Claims (14)
- リチウムと、コバルトと、ニッケルと、マグネシウムと、酸素を有する正極活物質であって、
前記正極活物質の最表面層のa軸の格子定数Asurfaceは、内部のa軸の格子定数Acoreよりも大きく、
前記最表面層のc軸の格子定数Csurfaceは、前記内部のc軸の格子定数Ccoreよりも大きい、正極活物質。 - 請求項1において、
前記最表面層のa軸の格子定数Asurfaceと、内部のa軸の格子定数Acoreとの差ΔAを前記格子定数Acoreで割った変化率RAは0を超えて0.12以下であり、
前記最表面層のc軸の格子定数Csurfaceと、内部のc軸の格子定数Ccoreとの差ΔCを前記格子定数Ccoreで割った変化率RCは0を超えて0.18以下である、正極活物質。 - 請求項2において、
前記変化率RAは0.05以上0.07以下であり、
前記変化率RCは0.09以上0.12以下である、正極活物質。 - 請求項1乃至請求項3のいずれか一において、
前記最表面層のa軸の格子定数Asurfaceと、内部のa軸の格子定数Acoreとの差ΔAよりも、
前記最表面層のc軸の格子定数Csurfaceと、内部のc軸の格子定数Ccoreとの差ΔCが大きい、正極活物質。 - リチウムと、コバルトと、ニッケルと、マグネシウムと、酸素とを有する正極活物質であって、
前記正極活物質の最表面層の少なくとも一部は遷移金属サイト層とリチウムサイト層とを交互に有する層状岩塩型の結晶構造を有し、
前記リチウムサイト層の一部はリチウムより原子番号の大きい金属元素を有する、正極活物質。 - 請求項5において、
前記リチウムより原子番号の大きい金属元素は、マグネシウム、コバルトまたはアルミニウムである、正極活物質。 - 請求項5または請求項6において、
前記最表面層の断面TEM像において、
前記リチウムサイト層の輝度は、前記遷移金属サイト層の輝度の3%以上60%以下である、正極活物質。 - 請求項1乃至請求項6のいずれか一において、
前記最表面層におけるニッケルの濃度は1原子%以下であり、
前記正極活物質全体におけるニッケルの濃度は、コバルトの濃度の0.05%以上4%以下である、正極活物質。 - 請求項1乃至請求項4のいずれか一において、
前記最表面層は、極微電子線回折像において空間群Fm−3mまたはFd−3mに属する岩塩型の結晶構造を示す輝点が観察され、かつ空間群R−3mに属する層状岩塩型の結晶構造を示す輝点が観察される領域を有し、
前記内部は、極微電子線回折像において空間群R−3mに属する層状岩塩型の結晶構造を示す輝点が観察される領域を有する、正極活物質。 - 請求項1乃至請求項9のいずれか一において、
2価のニッケルイオン、3価のニッケルイオン、2価のコバルトイオン及び4価のコバルトイオンのいずれか一以上に起因するスピン密度が、2.0×1017spins/g以上1.0×1021spins/g以下である正極活物質。 - 請求項1乃至請求項10のいずれか一において、
前記正極活物質はアルミニウムを有し、
前記正極活物質全体におけるアルミニウムの濃度は、コバルトの濃度の0.05%以上4%以下である、正極活物質。 - 請求項11において、
前記正極活物質の断面についてのエネルギー分散型X線分析において、前記アルミニウム濃度のピークは表面から中心に向かった深さ5nm以上30nm以下に位置する、正極活物質。 - 正極活物質を有するリチウムイオン二次電池であって、
前記正極活物質はリチウムと、コバルトと、ニッケルと、マグネシウムと、酸素とを有し、
前記正極活物質の最表面層のa軸の格子定数Asurfaceは、内部のa軸の格子定数Acoreよりも大きく、
前記正極活物質の最表面層のc軸の格子定数Csurfaceは、内部のc軸の格子定数Ccoreよりも大きい、リチウムイオン二次電池。 - 請求項13に記載のリチウムイオン二次電池を有する電子機器。
Priority Applications (5)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US17/788,844 US20230052866A1 (en) | 2019-12-27 | 2020-12-15 | Positive electrode active material, secondary battery, and electronic device |
KR1020227023036A KR20220122655A (ko) | 2019-12-27 | 2020-12-15 | 양극 활물질, 이차 전지, 전자 기기 |
CN202080089529.9A CN114930579A (zh) | 2019-12-27 | 2020-12-15 | 正极活性物质、二次电池、电子设备 |
DE112020006354.2T DE112020006354T5 (de) | 2019-12-27 | 2020-12-15 | Positivelektrodenaktivmaterial, Sekundärbatterie und elektronisches Gerät |
JP2021566378A JPWO2021130599A1 (ja) | 2019-12-27 | 2020-12-15 |
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2019238662 | 2019-12-27 | ||
JP2019-238662 | 2019-12-27 | ||
JP2020178781 | 2020-10-26 | ||
JP2020-178781 | 2020-10-26 |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
WO2021130599A1 true WO2021130599A1 (ja) | 2021-07-01 |
Family
ID=76575270
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/IB2020/061919 WO2021130599A1 (ja) | 2019-12-27 | 2020-12-15 | 正極活物質、二次電池、電子機器 |
Country Status (6)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (1) | US20230052866A1 (ja) |
JP (1) | JPWO2021130599A1 (ja) |
KR (1) | KR20220122655A (ja) |
CN (1) | CN114930579A (ja) |
DE (1) | DE112020006354T5 (ja) |
WO (1) | WO2021130599A1 (ja) |
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN115863610A (zh) * | 2023-01-05 | 2023-03-28 | 厦门海辰储能科技股份有限公司 | 正极材料、正极极片、电极组件、储能装置和用电设备 |
Families Citing this family (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN116093308B (zh) * | 2023-04-10 | 2023-07-07 | 中创新航科技集团股份有限公司 | 一种正极活性材料、含有其的正极片及电池 |
Citations (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPH08138670A (ja) * | 1994-11-11 | 1996-05-31 | Toshiba Corp | 非水溶媒二次電池 |
JP2004533104A (ja) * | 2001-06-15 | 2004-10-28 | 呉羽化学工業株式会社 | リチウム二次電池用傾斜正極材 |
WO2014061654A1 (ja) * | 2012-10-17 | 2014-04-24 | 戸田工業株式会社 | Li-Ni複合酸化物粒子粉末並びに非水電解質二次電池 |
JP2015156363A (ja) * | 2014-01-20 | 2015-08-27 | 日立マクセル株式会社 | リチウム・コバルト含有複合酸化物及びその製造方法、並びにそのリチウム・コバルト含有複合酸化物を用いた非水二次電池用電極及びそれを用いた非水二次電池 |
JP2016031881A (ja) * | 2014-07-30 | 2016-03-07 | 日立マクセル株式会社 | 非水電解質二次電池 |
Family Cites Families (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP3172388B2 (ja) | 1995-02-27 | 2001-06-04 | 三洋電機株式会社 | リチウム二次電池 |
US7138209B2 (en) | 2000-10-09 | 2006-11-21 | Samsung Sdi Co., Ltd. | Positive active material for rechargeable lithium battery and method of preparing same |
KR100728108B1 (ko) | 2001-04-02 | 2007-06-13 | 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 | 리튬 이차 전지용 양극 및 그의 제조 방법 |
-
2020
- 2020-12-15 CN CN202080089529.9A patent/CN114930579A/zh active Pending
- 2020-12-15 DE DE112020006354.2T patent/DE112020006354T5/de active Pending
- 2020-12-15 WO PCT/IB2020/061919 patent/WO2021130599A1/ja active Application Filing
- 2020-12-15 KR KR1020227023036A patent/KR20220122655A/ko active Search and Examination
- 2020-12-15 US US17/788,844 patent/US20230052866A1/en active Pending
- 2020-12-15 JP JP2021566378A patent/JPWO2021130599A1/ja active Pending
Patent Citations (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPH08138670A (ja) * | 1994-11-11 | 1996-05-31 | Toshiba Corp | 非水溶媒二次電池 |
JP2004533104A (ja) * | 2001-06-15 | 2004-10-28 | 呉羽化学工業株式会社 | リチウム二次電池用傾斜正極材 |
WO2014061654A1 (ja) * | 2012-10-17 | 2014-04-24 | 戸田工業株式会社 | Li-Ni複合酸化物粒子粉末並びに非水電解質二次電池 |
JP2015156363A (ja) * | 2014-01-20 | 2015-08-27 | 日立マクセル株式会社 | リチウム・コバルト含有複合酸化物及びその製造方法、並びにそのリチウム・コバルト含有複合酸化物を用いた非水二次電池用電極及びそれを用いた非水二次電池 |
JP2016031881A (ja) * | 2014-07-30 | 2016-03-07 | 日立マクセル株式会社 | 非水電解質二次電池 |
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CN115863610A (zh) * | 2023-01-05 | 2023-03-28 | 厦门海辰储能科技股份有限公司 | 正极材料、正极极片、电极组件、储能装置和用电设备 |
CN115863610B (zh) * | 2023-01-05 | 2024-01-30 | 厦门海辰储能科技股份有限公司 | 正极材料、正极极片、电极组件、储能装置和用电设备 |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
CN114930579A (zh) | 2022-08-19 |
US20230052866A1 (en) | 2023-02-16 |
JPWO2021130599A1 (ja) | 2021-07-01 |
KR20220122655A (ko) | 2022-09-02 |
DE112020006354T5 (de) | 2022-10-27 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
JP7401701B2 (ja) | リチウムイオン二次電池の作製方法 | |
JP7566840B2 (ja) | リチウムイオン二次電池 | |
JP2021007100A (ja) | リチウムイオン二次電池 | |
US11936036B2 (en) | Positive electrode active material, secondary battery, and electronic device | |
WO2022200908A1 (ja) | 電池、電子機器および車両 | |
WO2022096989A1 (ja) | 正極活物質、リチウムイオン二次電池、および車両 | |
WO2021130599A1 (ja) | 正極活物質、二次電池、電子機器 | |
WO2021116819A1 (ja) | 正極活物質の作製方法、キルン、加熱炉 | |
WO2020261040A1 (ja) | 正極活物質、正極、二次電池、およびこれらの作製方法 | |
WO2023209477A1 (ja) | リチウムイオン電池、及び電子機器 | |
WO2023281346A1 (ja) | 正極活物質 | |
US20220359870A1 (en) | Positive electrode active material, secondary battery, and vehicle | |
WO2021152417A1 (ja) | 正極活物質、二次電池、電子機器 | |
WO2022130100A1 (ja) | イオン液体、二次電池、電子機器および車両 | |
WO2022038448A1 (ja) | 電極の作製方法、二次電池、電子機器および車両 |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 20905907 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 2021566378 Country of ref document: JP Kind code of ref document: A |
|
ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 20227023036 Country of ref document: KR Kind code of ref document: A |
|
122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 20905907 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |